blob: a745d0b379b395d23de4b1cc6d21e12f3ce4cd56 [file] [log] [blame]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001#
Wolfgang Denk8c831282012-01-19 10:58:21 +01002# (C) Copyright 2000 - 2012
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003# Wolfgang Denk, DENX Software Engineering, wd@denx.de.
4#
5# See file CREDITS for list of people who contributed to this
6# project.
7#
8# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
9# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
10# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of
11# the License, or (at your option) any later version.
12#
13# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
14# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
15# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
16# GNU General Public License for more details.
17#
18# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
19# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
20# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston,
21# MA 02111-1307 USA
22#
23
24Summary:
25========
26
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000027This directory contains the source code for U-Boot, a boot loader for
wdenkce4832c2004-10-17 21:12:06 +000028Embedded boards based on PowerPC, ARM, MIPS and several other
29processors, which can be installed in a boot ROM and used to
30initialize and test the hardware or to download and run application
31code.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000032
33The development of U-Boot is closely related to Linux: some parts of
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000034the source code originate in the Linux source tree, we have some
35header files in common, and special provision has been made to
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000036support booting of Linux images.
37
38Some attention has been paid to make this software easily
39configurable and extendable. For instance, all monitor commands are
40implemented with the same call interface, so that it's very easy to
41add new commands. Also, instead of permanently adding rarely used
42code (for instance hardware test utilities) to the monitor, you can
43load and run it dynamically.
44
45
46Status:
47=======
48
49In general, all boards for which a configuration option exists in the
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000050Makefile have been tested to some extent and can be considered
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000051"working". In fact, many of them are used in production systems.
52
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000053In case of problems see the CHANGELOG and CREDITS files to find out
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +010054who contributed the specific port. The MAINTAINERS file lists board
55maintainers.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000056
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000057
58Where to get help:
59==================
60
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000061In case you have questions about, problems with or contributions for
62U-Boot you should send a message to the U-Boot mailing list at
Peter Tyser8804a612008-09-10 09:18:34 -050063<u-boot@lists.denx.de>. There is also an archive of previous traffic
64on the mailing list - please search the archive before asking FAQ's.
65Please see http://lists.denx.de/pipermail/u-boot and
66http://dir.gmane.org/gmane.comp.boot-loaders.u-boot
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000067
68
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +010069Where to get source code:
70=========================
71
72The U-Boot source code is maintained in the git repository at
73git://www.denx.de/git/u-boot.git ; you can browse it online at
74http://www.denx.de/cgi-bin/gitweb.cgi?p=u-boot.git;a=summary
75
76The "snapshot" links on this page allow you to download tarballs of
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +020077any version you might be interested in. Official releases are also
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +010078available for FTP download from the ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/
79directory.
80
Anatolij Gustschin08337f32008-03-26 18:13:33 +010081Pre-built (and tested) images are available from
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +010082ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/images/
83
84
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000085Where we come from:
86===================
87
88- start from 8xxrom sources
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000089- create PPCBoot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/ppcboot)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000090- clean up code
91- make it easier to add custom boards
92- make it possible to add other [PowerPC] CPUs
93- extend functions, especially:
94 * Provide extended interface to Linux boot loader
95 * S-Record download
96 * network boot
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +020097 * PCMCIA / CompactFlash / ATA disk / SCSI ... boot
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000098- create ARMBoot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/armboot)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000099- add other CPU families (starting with ARM)
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +0000100- create U-Boot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/u-boot)
Magnus Liljaf3b287b2008-08-06 19:32:33 +0200101- current project page: see http://www.denx.de/wiki/U-Boot
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +0000102
103
104Names and Spelling:
105===================
106
107The "official" name of this project is "Das U-Boot". The spelling
108"U-Boot" shall be used in all written text (documentation, comments
109in source files etc.). Example:
110
111 This is the README file for the U-Boot project.
112
113File names etc. shall be based on the string "u-boot". Examples:
114
115 include/asm-ppc/u-boot.h
116
117 #include <asm/u-boot.h>
118
119Variable names, preprocessor constants etc. shall be either based on
120the string "u_boot" or on "U_BOOT". Example:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000121
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +0000122 U_BOOT_VERSION u_boot_logo
123 IH_OS_U_BOOT u_boot_hush_start
124
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000125
wdenk7474aca2002-12-17 17:55:09 +0000126Versioning:
127===========
128
Thomas Webere89e6282010-09-28 08:06:25 +0200129Starting with the release in October 2008, the names of the releases
130were changed from numerical release numbers without deeper meaning
131into a time stamp based numbering. Regular releases are identified by
132names consisting of the calendar year and month of the release date.
133Additional fields (if present) indicate release candidates or bug fix
134releases in "stable" maintenance trees.
wdenk7474aca2002-12-17 17:55:09 +0000135
Thomas Webere89e6282010-09-28 08:06:25 +0200136Examples:
Wolfgang Denk092ae952011-10-26 10:21:21 +0000137 U-Boot v2009.11 - Release November 2009
Thomas Webere89e6282010-09-28 08:06:25 +0200138 U-Boot v2009.11.1 - Release 1 in version November 2009 stable tree
139 U-Boot v2010.09-rc1 - Release candiate 1 for September 2010 release
wdenk7474aca2002-12-17 17:55:09 +0000140
141
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000142Directory Hierarchy:
143====================
144
Peter Tysere4d1abc2010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500145/arch Architecture specific files
146 /arm Files generic to ARM architecture
147 /cpu CPU specific files
148 /arm720t Files specific to ARM 720 CPUs
149 /arm920t Files specific to ARM 920 CPUs
Andreas Bießmannd9a9d562011-07-18 09:41:08 +0000150 /at91 Files specific to Atmel AT91RM9200 CPU
Wolfgang Denk16fa98a2010-06-13 17:48:15 +0200151 /imx Files specific to Freescale MC9328 i.MX CPUs
152 /s3c24x0 Files specific to Samsung S3C24X0 CPUs
Peter Tysere4d1abc2010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500153 /arm925t Files specific to ARM 925 CPUs
154 /arm926ejs Files specific to ARM 926 CPUs
155 /arm1136 Files specific to ARM 1136 CPUs
156 /ixp Files specific to Intel XScale IXP CPUs
157 /pxa Files specific to Intel XScale PXA CPUs
158 /s3c44b0 Files specific to Samsung S3C44B0 CPUs
159 /sa1100 Files specific to Intel StrongARM SA1100 CPUs
160 /lib Architecture specific library files
161 /avr32 Files generic to AVR32 architecture
162 /cpu CPU specific files
163 /lib Architecture specific library files
164 /blackfin Files generic to Analog Devices Blackfin architecture
165 /cpu CPU specific files
166 /lib Architecture specific library files
Graeme Russcbfce1d2011-04-13 19:43:28 +1000167 /x86 Files generic to x86 architecture
Peter Tysere4d1abc2010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500168 /cpu CPU specific files
169 /lib Architecture specific library files
170 /m68k Files generic to m68k architecture
171 /cpu CPU specific files
172 /mcf52x2 Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF52x2 CPUs
173 /mcf5227x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF5227x CPUs
174 /mcf532x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF5329 CPUs
175 /mcf5445x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF5445x CPUs
176 /mcf547x_8x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF547x_8x CPUs
177 /lib Architecture specific library files
178 /microblaze Files generic to microblaze architecture
179 /cpu CPU specific files
180 /lib Architecture specific library files
181 /mips Files generic to MIPS architecture
182 /cpu CPU specific files
Daniel Schwierzeckd52a6232011-07-27 13:22:39 +0200183 /mips32 Files specific to MIPS32 CPUs
Xiangfu Liu2f46d422011-10-12 12:24:06 +0800184 /xburst Files specific to Ingenic XBurst CPUs
Peter Tysere4d1abc2010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500185 /lib Architecture specific library files
Macpaul Lin1cac36e2011-10-19 20:41:11 +0000186 /nds32 Files generic to NDS32 architecture
187 /cpu CPU specific files
188 /n1213 Files specific to Andes Technology N1213 CPUs
189 /lib Architecture specific library files
Peter Tysere4d1abc2010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500190 /nios2 Files generic to Altera NIOS2 architecture
191 /cpu CPU specific files
192 /lib Architecture specific library files
Stefan Roese88fbf932010-04-15 16:07:28 +0200193 /powerpc Files generic to PowerPC architecture
Peter Tysere4d1abc2010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500194 /cpu CPU specific files
195 /74xx_7xx Files specific to Freescale MPC74xx and 7xx CPUs
196 /mpc5xx Files specific to Freescale MPC5xx CPUs
197 /mpc5xxx Files specific to Freescale MPC5xxx CPUs
198 /mpc8xx Files specific to Freescale MPC8xx CPUs
199 /mpc8220 Files specific to Freescale MPC8220 CPUs
200 /mpc824x Files specific to Freescale MPC824x CPUs
201 /mpc8260 Files specific to Freescale MPC8260 CPUs
202 /mpc85xx Files specific to Freescale MPC85xx CPUs
203 /ppc4xx Files specific to AMCC PowerPC 4xx CPUs
204 /lib Architecture specific library files
205 /sh Files generic to SH architecture
206 /cpu CPU specific files
207 /sh2 Files specific to sh2 CPUs
208 /sh3 Files specific to sh3 CPUs
209 /sh4 Files specific to sh4 CPUs
210 /lib Architecture specific library files
211 /sparc Files generic to SPARC architecture
212 /cpu CPU specific files
213 /leon2 Files specific to Gaisler LEON2 SPARC CPU
214 /leon3 Files specific to Gaisler LEON3 SPARC CPU
215 /lib Architecture specific library files
216/api Machine/arch independent API for external apps
217/board Board dependent files
218/common Misc architecture independent functions
219/disk Code for disk drive partition handling
220/doc Documentation (don't expect too much)
221/drivers Commonly used device drivers
222/examples Example code for standalone applications, etc.
223/fs Filesystem code (cramfs, ext2, jffs2, etc.)
224/include Header Files
225/lib Files generic to all architectures
226 /libfdt Library files to support flattened device trees
227 /lzma Library files to support LZMA decompression
228 /lzo Library files to support LZO decompression
229/net Networking code
230/post Power On Self Test
231/rtc Real Time Clock drivers
232/tools Tools to build S-Record or U-Boot images, etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000233
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000234Software Configuration:
235=======================
236
237Configuration is usually done using C preprocessor defines; the
238rationale behind that is to avoid dead code whenever possible.
239
240There are two classes of configuration variables:
241
242* Configuration _OPTIONS_:
243 These are selectable by the user and have names beginning with
244 "CONFIG_".
245
246* Configuration _SETTINGS_:
247 These depend on the hardware etc. and should not be meddled with if
248 you don't know what you're doing; they have names beginning with
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200249 "CONFIG_SYS_".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000250
251Later we will add a configuration tool - probably similar to or even
252identical to what's used for the Linux kernel. Right now, we have to
253do the configuration by hand, which means creating some symbolic
254links and editing some configuration files. We use the TQM8xxL boards
255as an example here.
256
257
258Selection of Processor Architecture and Board Type:
259---------------------------------------------------
260
261For all supported boards there are ready-to-use default
262configurations available; just type "make <board_name>_config".
263
264Example: For a TQM823L module type:
265
266 cd u-boot
267 make TQM823L_config
268
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200269For the Cogent platform, you need to specify the CPU type as well;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000270e.g. "make cogent_mpc8xx_config". And also configure the cogent
271directory according to the instructions in cogent/README.
272
273
274Configuration Options:
275----------------------
276
277Configuration depends on the combination of board and CPU type; all
278such information is kept in a configuration file
279"include/configs/<board_name>.h".
280
281Example: For a TQM823L module, all configuration settings are in
282"include/configs/TQM823L.h".
283
284
wdenk1272e232002-11-10 22:06:23 +0000285Many of the options are named exactly as the corresponding Linux
286kernel configuration options. The intention is to make it easier to
287build a config tool - later.
288
289
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000290The following options need to be configured:
291
Kim Phillips203fee32007-08-10 13:28:25 -0500292- CPU Type: Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_MPC85XX.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000293
Kim Phillips203fee32007-08-10 13:28:25 -0500294- Board Type: Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_MPC8540ADS.
Wolfgang Denk994ad962006-10-24 14:42:37 +0200295
296- CPU Daughterboard Type: (if CONFIG_ATSTK1000 is defined)
Haavard Skinnemoen9d5a43f2007-11-01 12:44:20 +0100297 Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_ATSTK1002
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000298
299- CPU Module Type: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined)
300 Define exactly one of
301 CONFIG_CMA286_60_OLD
302--- FIXME --- not tested yet:
303 CONFIG_CMA286_60, CONFIG_CMA286_21, CONFIG_CMA286_60P,
304 CONFIG_CMA287_23, CONFIG_CMA287_50
305
306- Motherboard Type: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined)
307 Define exactly one of
308 CONFIG_CMA101, CONFIG_CMA102
309
310- Motherboard I/O Modules: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined)
311 Define one or more of
312 CONFIG_CMA302
313
314- Motherboard Options: (if CONFIG_CMA101 or CONFIG_CMA102 are defined)
315 Define one or more of
316 CONFIG_LCD_HEARTBEAT - update a character position on
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200317 the LCD display every second with
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000318 a "rotator" |\-/|\-/
319
wdenk2bb11052003-07-17 23:16:40 +0000320- Board flavour: (if CONFIG_MPC8260ADS is defined)
321 CONFIG_ADSTYPE
322 Possible values are:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200323 CONFIG_SYS_8260ADS - original MPC8260ADS
324 CONFIG_SYS_8266ADS - MPC8266ADS
325 CONFIG_SYS_PQ2FADS - PQ2FADS-ZU or PQ2FADS-VR
326 CONFIG_SYS_8272ADS - MPC8272ADS
wdenk2bb11052003-07-17 23:16:40 +0000327
Lei Wen20014762011-02-09 18:06:58 +0530328- Marvell Family Member
329 CONFIG_SYS_MVFS - define it if you want to enable
330 multiple fs option at one time
331 for marvell soc family
332
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000333- MPC824X Family Member (if CONFIG_MPC824X is defined)
wdenk9b7f3842003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000334 Define exactly one of
335 CONFIG_MPC8240, CONFIG_MPC8245
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000336
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200337- 8xx CPU Options: (if using an MPC8xx CPU)
wdenk20bddb32004-09-28 17:59:53 +0000338 CONFIG_8xx_GCLK_FREQ - deprecated: CPU clock if
339 get_gclk_freq() cannot work
wdenk9b7f3842003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000340 e.g. if there is no 32KHz
341 reference PIT/RTC clock
wdenk20bddb32004-09-28 17:59:53 +0000342 CONFIG_8xx_OSCLK - PLL input clock (either EXTCLK
343 or XTAL/EXTAL)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000344
wdenk20bddb32004-09-28 17:59:53 +0000345- 859/866/885 CPU options: (if using a MPC859 or MPC866 or MPC885 CPU):
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200346 CONFIG_SYS_8xx_CPUCLK_MIN
347 CONFIG_SYS_8xx_CPUCLK_MAX
wdenk20bddb32004-09-28 17:59:53 +0000348 CONFIG_8xx_CPUCLK_DEFAULT
wdenkfde37042004-01-31 20:06:54 +0000349 See doc/README.MPC866
350
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200351 CONFIG_SYS_MEASURE_CPUCLK
wdenkfde37042004-01-31 20:06:54 +0000352
wdenk544e9732004-02-06 23:19:44 +0000353 Define this to measure the actual CPU clock instead
354 of relying on the correctness of the configured
355 values. Mostly useful for board bringup to make sure
356 the PLL is locked at the intended frequency. Note
357 that this requires a (stable) reference clock (32 kHz
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200358 RTC clock or CONFIG_SYS_8XX_XIN)
wdenkfde37042004-01-31 20:06:54 +0000359
Heiko Schocher734f0272009-03-12 07:37:15 +0100360 CONFIG_SYS_DELAYED_ICACHE
361
362 Define this option if you want to enable the
363 ICache only when Code runs from RAM.
364
Kumar Galaf4fb90f2011-02-18 05:40:54 -0600365- 85xx CPU Options:
366 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_TBCLK_DIV
367
368 Defines the core time base clock divider ratio compared to the
369 system clock. On most PQ3 devices this is 8, on newer QorIQ
370 devices it can be 16 or 32. The ratio varies from SoC to Soc.
371
Kumar Gala179b1b22011-05-20 00:39:21 -0500372 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_PCIE_COMPAT
373
374 Defines the string to utilize when trying to match PCIe device
375 tree nodes for the given platform.
376
Prabhakar Kushwahaa6a30622012-04-29 23:56:13 +0000377 CONFIG_SYS_PPC_E500_DEBUG_TLB
378
379 Enables a temporary TLB entry to be used during boot to work
380 around limitations in e500v1 and e500v2 external debugger
381 support. This reduces the portions of the boot code where
382 breakpoints and single stepping do not work. The value of this
383 symbol should be set to the TLB1 entry to be used for this
384 purpose.
385
Scott Wood80806962012-08-14 10:14:53 +0000386 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510
387
388 Enables a workaround for erratum A004510. If set,
389 then CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV and
390 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_CORENET_SNOOPVEC_COREONLY must be set.
391
392 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV
393 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV2 (optional)
394
395 Defines one or two SoC revisions (low 8 bits of SVR)
396 for which the A004510 workaround should be applied.
397
398 The rest of SVR is either not relevant to the decision
399 of whether the erratum is present (e.g. p2040 versus
400 p2041) or is implied by the build target, which controls
401 whether CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510 is set.
402
403 See Freescale App Note 4493 for more information about
404 this erratum.
405
406 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_CORENET_SNOOPVEC_COREONLY
407
408 This is the value to write into CCSR offset 0x18600
409 according to the A004510 workaround.
410
Daniel Schwierzeckd8a49ca2012-04-02 02:57:56 +0000411- Generic CPU options:
412 CONFIG_SYS_BIG_ENDIAN, CONFIG_SYS_LITTLE_ENDIAN
413
414 Defines the endianess of the CPU. Implementation of those
415 values is arch specific.
416
Markus Klotzbuecher6e5c19a2006-03-24 15:28:02 +0100417- Intel Monahans options:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200418 CONFIG_SYS_MONAHANS_RUN_MODE_OSC_RATIO
Markus Klotzbuecher6e5c19a2006-03-24 15:28:02 +0100419
420 Defines the Monahans run mode to oscillator
421 ratio. Valid values are 8, 16, 24, 31. The core
422 frequency is this value multiplied by 13 MHz.
423
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200424 CONFIG_SYS_MONAHANS_TURBO_RUN_MODE_RATIO
Wolfgang Denkebd3deb2006-04-16 10:51:58 +0200425
Markus Klotzbuecher6e5c19a2006-03-24 15:28:02 +0100426 Defines the Monahans turbo mode to oscillator
427 ratio. Valid values are 1 (default if undefined) and
Wolfgang Denkebd3deb2006-04-16 10:51:58 +0200428 2. The core frequency as calculated above is multiplied
Markus Klotzbuecher6e5c19a2006-03-24 15:28:02 +0100429 by this value.
Wolfgang Denkebd3deb2006-04-16 10:51:58 +0200430
Daniel Schwierzeckd52a6232011-07-27 13:22:39 +0200431- MIPS CPU options:
432 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET
433
434 Offset relative to CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE for initial stack
435 pointer. This is needed for the temporary stack before
436 relocation.
437
438 CONFIG_SYS_MIPS_CACHE_MODE
439
440 Cache operation mode for the MIPS CPU.
441 See also arch/mips/include/asm/mipsregs.h.
442 Possible values are:
443 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_NO_WA
444 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_WA
445 CONF_CM_UNCACHED
446 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_NONCOHERENT
447 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_CE
448 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_COW
449 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_CUW
450 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_ACCELERATED
451
452 CONFIG_SYS_XWAY_EBU_BOOTCFG
453
454 Special option for Lantiq XWAY SoCs for booting from NOR flash.
455 See also arch/mips/cpu/mips32/start.S.
456
457 CONFIG_XWAY_SWAP_BYTES
458
459 Enable compilation of tools/xway-swap-bytes needed for Lantiq
460 XWAY SoCs for booting from NOR flash. The U-Boot image needs to
461 be swapped if a flash programmer is used.
462
Christian Riesch48c2d6d2012-02-02 00:44:39 +0000463- ARM options:
464 CONFIG_SYS_EXCEPTION_VECTORS_HIGH
465
466 Select high exception vectors of the ARM core, e.g., do not
467 clear the V bit of the c1 register of CP15.
468
Aneesh Vb8e40802012-03-08 07:20:19 +0000469 CONFIG_SYS_THUMB_BUILD
470
471 Use this flag to build U-Boot using the Thumb instruction
472 set for ARM architectures. Thumb instruction set provides
473 better code density. For ARM architectures that support
474 Thumb2 this flag will result in Thumb2 code generated by
475 GCC.
476
wdenk9b7f3842003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000477- Linux Kernel Interface:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000478 CONFIG_CLOCKS_IN_MHZ
479
480 U-Boot stores all clock information in Hz
481 internally. For binary compatibility with older Linux
482 kernels (which expect the clocks passed in the
483 bd_info data to be in MHz) the environment variable
484 "clocks_in_mhz" can be defined so that U-Boot
485 converts clock data to MHZ before passing it to the
486 Linux kernel.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000487 When CONFIG_CLOCKS_IN_MHZ is defined, a definition of
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +0100488 "clocks_in_mhz=1" is automatically included in the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000489 default environment.
490
wdenk9b7f3842003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000491 CONFIG_MEMSIZE_IN_BYTES [relevant for MIPS only]
492
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200493 When transferring memsize parameter to linux, some versions
wdenk9b7f3842003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000494 expect it to be in bytes, others in MB.
495 Define CONFIG_MEMSIZE_IN_BYTES to make it in bytes.
496
Gerald Van Barenfcd91bb2008-06-03 20:34:45 -0400497 CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT
Wolfgang Denk27a5b0b2005-10-13 01:45:54 +0200498
499 New kernel versions are expecting firmware settings to be
Gerald Van Barend6abef42007-03-31 12:23:51 -0400500 passed using flattened device trees (based on open firmware
501 concepts).
502
503 CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT
504 * New libfdt-based support
505 * Adds the "fdt" command
Kim Phillips9b46eb62007-08-10 14:34:14 -0500506 * The bootm command automatically updates the fdt
Gerald Van Barend6abef42007-03-31 12:23:51 -0400507
Marcel Ziswilerb29bc712009-09-09 21:18:41 +0200508 OF_CPU - The proper name of the cpus node (only required for
509 MPC512X and MPC5xxx based boards).
510 OF_SOC - The proper name of the soc node (only required for
511 MPC512X and MPC5xxx based boards).
Wolfgang Denk27a5b0b2005-10-13 01:45:54 +0200512 OF_TBCLK - The timebase frequency.
Kumar Galae40c2b52006-01-11 13:59:02 -0600513 OF_STDOUT_PATH - The path to the console device
Wolfgang Denk27a5b0b2005-10-13 01:45:54 +0200514
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200515 boards with QUICC Engines require OF_QE to set UCC MAC
516 addresses
Kim Phillips9b46eb62007-08-10 14:34:14 -0500517
Kumar Gala1e26aa52006-01-11 13:54:17 -0600518 CONFIG_OF_BOARD_SETUP
519
520 Board code has addition modification that it wants to make
521 to the flat device tree before handing it off to the kernel
wdenkda04a8b2004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000522
Matthew McClintockefae4ca2006-06-28 10:41:37 -0500523 CONFIG_OF_BOOT_CPU
524
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200525 This define fills in the correct boot CPU in the boot
Matthew McClintockefae4ca2006-06-28 10:41:37 -0500526 param header, the default value is zero if undefined.
527
Heiko Schocherffb293a2009-09-23 07:56:08 +0200528 CONFIG_OF_IDE_FIXUP
529
530 U-Boot can detect if an IDE device is present or not.
531 If not, and this new config option is activated, U-Boot
532 removes the ATA node from the DTS before booting Linux,
533 so the Linux IDE driver does not probe the device and
534 crash. This is needed for buggy hardware (uc101) where
535 no pull down resistor is connected to the signal IDE5V_DD7.
536
Igor Grinberg06890672011-07-14 05:45:07 +0000537 CONFIG_MACH_TYPE [relevant for ARM only][mandatory]
538
539 This setting is mandatory for all boards that have only one
540 machine type and must be used to specify the machine type
541 number as it appears in the ARM machine registry
542 (see http://www.arm.linux.org.uk/developer/machines/).
543 Only boards that have multiple machine types supported
544 in a single configuration file and the machine type is
545 runtime discoverable, do not have to use this setting.
546
Niklaus Giger0ab978d2008-11-03 22:13:47 +0100547- vxWorks boot parameters:
548
549 bootvx constructs a valid bootline using the following
550 environments variables: bootfile, ipaddr, serverip, hostname.
551 It loads the vxWorks image pointed bootfile.
552
553 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_BOOT_DEVICE - The vxworks device name
554 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_MAC_PTR - Ethernet 6 byte MA -address
555 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_SERVERNAME - Name of the server
556 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_BOOT_ADDR - Address of boot parameters
557
558 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_ADD_PARAMS
559
560 Add it at the end of the bootline. E.g "u=username pw=secret"
561
562 Note: If a "bootargs" environment is defined, it will overwride
563 the defaults discussed just above.
564
Aneesh V960f5c02011-06-16 23:30:47 +0000565- Cache Configuration:
566 CONFIG_SYS_ICACHE_OFF - Do not enable instruction cache in U-Boot
567 CONFIG_SYS_DCACHE_OFF - Do not enable data cache in U-Boot
568 CONFIG_SYS_L2CACHE_OFF- Do not enable L2 cache in U-Boot
569
Aneesh V686a0752011-06-16 23:30:51 +0000570- Cache Configuration for ARM:
571 CONFIG_SYS_L2_PL310 - Enable support for ARM PL310 L2 cache
572 controller
573 CONFIG_SYS_PL310_BASE - Physical base address of PL310
574 controller register space
575
wdenkda04a8b2004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000576- Serial Ports:
Andreas Engel0813b122008-09-08 14:30:53 +0200577 CONFIG_PL010_SERIAL
wdenkda04a8b2004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000578
579 Define this if you want support for Amba PrimeCell PL010 UARTs.
580
Andreas Engel0813b122008-09-08 14:30:53 +0200581 CONFIG_PL011_SERIAL
wdenkda04a8b2004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000582
583 Define this if you want support for Amba PrimeCell PL011 UARTs.
584
585 CONFIG_PL011_CLOCK
586
587 If you have Amba PrimeCell PL011 UARTs, set this variable to
588 the clock speed of the UARTs.
589
590 CONFIG_PL01x_PORTS
591
592 If you have Amba PrimeCell PL010 or PL011 UARTs on your board,
593 define this to a list of base addresses for each (supported)
594 port. See e.g. include/configs/versatile.h
595
John Rigby34e21ee2011-04-19 10:42:39 +0000596 CONFIG_PL011_SERIAL_RLCR
597
598 Some vendor versions of PL011 serial ports (e.g. ST-Ericsson U8500)
599 have separate receive and transmit line control registers. Set
600 this variable to initialize the extra register.
601
602 CONFIG_PL011_SERIAL_FLUSH_ON_INIT
603
604 On some platforms (e.g. U8500) U-Boot is loaded by a second stage
605 boot loader that has already initialized the UART. Define this
606 variable to flush the UART at init time.
607
wdenkda04a8b2004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000608
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000609- Console Interface:
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000610 Depending on board, define exactly one serial port
611 (like CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SMC1, CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SMC2,
612 CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SCC1, ...), or switch off the serial
613 console by defining CONFIG_8xx_CONS_NONE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000614
615 Note: if CONFIG_8xx_CONS_NONE is defined, the serial
616 port routines must be defined elsewhere
617 (i.e. serial_init(), serial_getc(), ...)
618
619 CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE
620 Enables console device for a color framebuffer. Needs following
Wolfgang Denkf6e50a42011-12-07 12:19:20 +0000621 defines (cf. smiLynxEM, i8042)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000622 VIDEO_FB_LITTLE_ENDIAN graphic memory organisation
623 (default big endian)
624 VIDEO_HW_RECTFILL graphic chip supports
625 rectangle fill
626 (cf. smiLynxEM)
627 VIDEO_HW_BITBLT graphic chip supports
628 bit-blit (cf. smiLynxEM)
629 VIDEO_VISIBLE_COLS visible pixel columns
630 (cols=pitch)
wdenk544e9732004-02-06 23:19:44 +0000631 VIDEO_VISIBLE_ROWS visible pixel rows
632 VIDEO_PIXEL_SIZE bytes per pixel
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000633 VIDEO_DATA_FORMAT graphic data format
634 (0-5, cf. cfb_console.c)
wdenk544e9732004-02-06 23:19:44 +0000635 VIDEO_FB_ADRS framebuffer address
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000636 VIDEO_KBD_INIT_FCT keyboard int fct
637 (i.e. i8042_kbd_init())
638 VIDEO_TSTC_FCT test char fct
639 (i.e. i8042_tstc)
640 VIDEO_GETC_FCT get char fct
641 (i.e. i8042_getc)
642 CONFIG_CONSOLE_CURSOR cursor drawing on/off
643 (requires blink timer
644 cf. i8042.c)
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200645 CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_BLINK_COUNT blink interval (cf. i8042.c)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000646 CONFIG_CONSOLE_TIME display time/date info in
647 upper right corner
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500648 (requires CONFIG_CMD_DATE)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000649 CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO display Linux logo in
650 upper left corner
wdenk9dd2b882002-12-03 21:28:10 +0000651 CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_LOGO use bmp_logo.h instead of
652 linux_logo.h for logo.
653 Requires CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000654 CONFIG_CONSOLE_EXTRA_INFO
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200655 additional board info beside
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000656 the logo
657
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000658 When CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE is defined, video console is
659 default i/o. Serial console can be forced with
660 environment 'console=serial'.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000661
wdenk1ebf41e2004-01-02 14:00:00 +0000662 When CONFIG_SILENT_CONSOLE is defined, all console
663 messages (by U-Boot and Linux!) can be silenced with
664 the "silent" environment variable. See
665 doc/README.silent for more information.
wdenk3da587e2003-10-19 23:22:11 +0000666
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000667- Console Baudrate:
668 CONFIG_BAUDRATE - in bps
669 Select one of the baudrates listed in
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200670 CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE, see below.
671 CONFIG_SYS_BRGCLK_PRESCALE, baudrate prescale
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000672
Heiko Schocher327480a2009-01-30 12:55:38 +0100673- Console Rx buffer length
674 With CONFIG_SYS_SMC_RXBUFLEN it is possible to define
675 the maximum receive buffer length for the SMC.
Heiko Schocher362447f2009-02-10 09:31:47 +0100676 This option is actual only for 82xx and 8xx possible.
Heiko Schocher327480a2009-01-30 12:55:38 +0100677 If using CONFIG_SYS_SMC_RXBUFLEN also CONFIG_SYS_MAXIDLE
678 must be defined, to setup the maximum idle timeout for
679 the SMC.
680
Graeme Russ3c28f482011-09-01 00:48:27 +0000681- Pre-Console Buffer:
Wolfgang Denkd590fb12011-10-07 09:58:21 +0200682 Prior to the console being initialised (i.e. serial UART
683 initialised etc) all console output is silently discarded.
684 Defining CONFIG_PRE_CONSOLE_BUFFER will cause U-Boot to
685 buffer any console messages prior to the console being
686 initialised to a buffer of size CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ
687 bytes located at CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_ADDR. The buffer is
688 a circular buffer, so if more than CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ
Wolfgang Denk23f78482011-10-09 21:06:34 +0200689 bytes are output before the console is initialised, the
Wolfgang Denkd590fb12011-10-07 09:58:21 +0200690 earlier bytes are discarded.
Graeme Russ3c28f482011-09-01 00:48:27 +0000691
Wolfgang Denkd590fb12011-10-07 09:58:21 +0200692 'Sane' compilers will generate smaller code if
693 CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ is a power of 2
Graeme Russ3c28f482011-09-01 00:48:27 +0000694
Sonny Raocd55bde2011-11-02 09:52:08 +0000695- Safe printf() functions
696 Define CONFIG_SYS_VSNPRINTF to compile in safe versions of
697 the printf() functions. These are defined in
698 include/vsprintf.h and include snprintf(), vsnprintf() and
699 so on. Code size increase is approximately 300-500 bytes.
700 If this option is not given then these functions will
701 silently discard their buffer size argument - this means
702 you are not getting any overflow checking in this case.
703
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000704- Boot Delay: CONFIG_BOOTDELAY - in seconds
705 Delay before automatically booting the default image;
706 set to -1 to disable autoboot.
707
708 See doc/README.autoboot for these options that
709 work with CONFIG_BOOTDELAY. None are required.
710 CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_TIME
711 CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_MIN
712 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_KEYED
713 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_PROMPT
714 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR
715 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR
716 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR2
717 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR2
718 CONFIG_ZERO_BOOTDELAY_CHECK
719 CONFIG_RESET_TO_RETRY
720
721- Autoboot Command:
722 CONFIG_BOOTCOMMAND
723 Only needed when CONFIG_BOOTDELAY is enabled;
724 define a command string that is automatically executed
725 when no character is read on the console interface
726 within "Boot Delay" after reset.
727
728 CONFIG_BOOTARGS
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000729 This can be used to pass arguments to the bootm
730 command. The value of CONFIG_BOOTARGS goes into the
731 environment value "bootargs".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000732
733 CONFIG_RAMBOOT and CONFIG_NFSBOOT
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000734 The value of these goes into the environment as
735 "ramboot" and "nfsboot" respectively, and can be used
736 as a convenience, when switching between booting from
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200737 RAM and NFS.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000738
739- Pre-Boot Commands:
740 CONFIG_PREBOOT
741
742 When this option is #defined, the existence of the
743 environment variable "preboot" will be checked
744 immediately before starting the CONFIG_BOOTDELAY
745 countdown and/or running the auto-boot command resp.
746 entering interactive mode.
747
748 This feature is especially useful when "preboot" is
749 automatically generated or modified. For an example
750 see the LWMON board specific code: here "preboot" is
751 modified when the user holds down a certain
752 combination of keys on the (special) keyboard when
753 booting the systems
754
755- Serial Download Echo Mode:
756 CONFIG_LOADS_ECHO
757 If defined to 1, all characters received during a
758 serial download (using the "loads" command) are
759 echoed back. This might be needed by some terminal
760 emulations (like "cu"), but may as well just take
761 time on others. This setting #define's the initial
762 value of the "loads_echo" environment variable.
763
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500764- Kgdb Serial Baudrate: (if CONFIG_CMD_KGDB is defined)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000765 CONFIG_KGDB_BAUDRATE
766 Select one of the baudrates listed in
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200767 CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE, see below.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000768
769- Monitor Functions:
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500770 Monitor commands can be included or excluded
771 from the build by using the #include files
Stephen Warren963a7cf2012-08-05 16:07:19 +0000772 <config_cmd_all.h> and #undef'ing unwanted
773 commands, or using <config_cmd_default.h>
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500774 and augmenting with additional #define's
775 for wanted commands.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000776
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500777 The default command configuration includes all commands
778 except those marked below with a "*".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000779
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500780 CONFIG_CMD_ASKENV * ask for env variable
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500781 CONFIG_CMD_BDI bdinfo
782 CONFIG_CMD_BEDBUG * Include BedBug Debugger
783 CONFIG_CMD_BMP * BMP support
784 CONFIG_CMD_BSP * Board specific commands
785 CONFIG_CMD_BOOTD bootd
786 CONFIG_CMD_CACHE * icache, dcache
787 CONFIG_CMD_CONSOLE coninfo
Mike Frysinger321ab9e2010-12-21 14:19:51 -0500788 CONFIG_CMD_CRC32 * crc32
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500789 CONFIG_CMD_DATE * support for RTC, date/time...
790 CONFIG_CMD_DHCP * DHCP support
791 CONFIG_CMD_DIAG * Diagnostics
Peter Tyser15258042008-12-17 16:36:22 -0600792 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510 * ds4510 I2C gpio commands
793 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_INFO * ds4510 I2C info command
794 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_MEM * ds4510 I2C eeprom/sram commansd
795 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_RST * ds4510 I2C rst command
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500796 CONFIG_CMD_DTT * Digital Therm and Thermostat
797 CONFIG_CMD_ECHO echo arguments
Peter Tyser0deafa22009-10-25 15:12:56 -0500798 CONFIG_CMD_EDITENV edit env variable
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500799 CONFIG_CMD_EEPROM * EEPROM read/write support
800 CONFIG_CMD_ELF * bootelf, bootvx
Mike Frysingerf3ddf202010-12-26 23:09:45 -0500801 CONFIG_CMD_EXPORTENV * export the environment
Mike Frysinger78dcaf42009-01-28 19:08:14 -0500802 CONFIG_CMD_SAVEENV saveenv
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500803 CONFIG_CMD_FDC * Floppy Disk Support
804 CONFIG_CMD_FAT * FAT partition support
805 CONFIG_CMD_FDOS * Dos diskette Support
806 CONFIG_CMD_FLASH flinfo, erase, protect
807 CONFIG_CMD_FPGA FPGA device initialization support
Mike Frysinger2ed02412010-12-26 23:32:22 -0500808 CONFIG_CMD_GO * the 'go' command (exec code)
Kim Phillipsf0c9d532011-04-05 07:15:14 +0000809 CONFIG_CMD_GREPENV * search environment
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500810 CONFIG_CMD_HWFLOW * RTS/CTS hw flow control
811 CONFIG_CMD_I2C * I2C serial bus support
812 CONFIG_CMD_IDE * IDE harddisk support
813 CONFIG_CMD_IMI iminfo
814 CONFIG_CMD_IMLS List all found images
815 CONFIG_CMD_IMMAP * IMMR dump support
Mike Frysingerf3ddf202010-12-26 23:09:45 -0500816 CONFIG_CMD_IMPORTENV * import an environment
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500817 CONFIG_CMD_IRQ * irqinfo
818 CONFIG_CMD_ITEST Integer/string test of 2 values
819 CONFIG_CMD_JFFS2 * JFFS2 Support
820 CONFIG_CMD_KGDB * kgdb
Mike Frysingerfc6508a2010-12-26 12:34:49 -0500821 CONFIG_CMD_LDRINFO ldrinfo (display Blackfin loader)
Joe Hershbergerb35a3a62012-05-23 08:00:12 +0000822 CONFIG_CMD_LINK_LOCAL * link-local IP address auto-configuration
823 (169.254.*.*)
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500824 CONFIG_CMD_LOADB loadb
825 CONFIG_CMD_LOADS loads
Robin Getz93d6cb02009-07-27 00:07:59 -0400826 CONFIG_CMD_MD5SUM print md5 message digest
827 (requires CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY and CONFIG_MD5)
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500828 CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY md, mm, nm, mw, cp, cmp, crc, base,
829 loop, loopw, mtest
830 CONFIG_CMD_MISC Misc functions like sleep etc
831 CONFIG_CMD_MMC * MMC memory mapped support
832 CONFIG_CMD_MII * MII utility commands
Stefan Roeseb1423dd2009-03-19 13:30:36 +0100833 CONFIG_CMD_MTDPARTS * MTD partition support
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500834 CONFIG_CMD_NAND * NAND support
835 CONFIG_CMD_NET bootp, tftpboot, rarpboot
Peter Tyser9902e422008-12-17 16:36:21 -0600836 CONFIG_CMD_PCA953X * PCA953x I2C gpio commands
Wolfgang Denk092ae952011-10-26 10:21:21 +0000837 CONFIG_CMD_PCA953X_INFO * PCA953x I2C gpio info command
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500838 CONFIG_CMD_PCI * pciinfo
839 CONFIG_CMD_PCMCIA * PCMCIA support
840 CONFIG_CMD_PING * send ICMP ECHO_REQUEST to network
841 host
842 CONFIG_CMD_PORTIO * Port I/O
843 CONFIG_CMD_REGINFO * Register dump
844 CONFIG_CMD_RUN run command in env variable
845 CONFIG_CMD_SAVES * save S record dump
846 CONFIG_CMD_SCSI * SCSI Support
847 CONFIG_CMD_SDRAM * print SDRAM configuration information
848 (requires CONFIG_CMD_I2C)
849 CONFIG_CMD_SETGETDCR Support for DCR Register access
850 (4xx only)
Eric Nelson97f5f8f2012-01-31 10:52:08 -0700851 CONFIG_CMD_SF * Read/write/erase SPI NOR flash
Alexander Holler37ef5392011-01-18 09:48:08 +0100852 CONFIG_CMD_SHA1SUM print sha1 memory digest
Robin Getz93d6cb02009-07-27 00:07:59 -0400853 (requires CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY)
Wolfgang Denk85c25df2009-04-01 23:34:12 +0200854 CONFIG_CMD_SOURCE "source" command Support
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500855 CONFIG_CMD_SPI * SPI serial bus support
Luca Ceresoli7aa81a42011-05-17 00:03:40 +0000856 CONFIG_CMD_TFTPSRV * TFTP transfer in server mode
Simon Glass6a398d22011-10-24 18:00:07 +0000857 CONFIG_CMD_TFTPPUT * TFTP put command (upload)
Che-liang Chioufd763002011-10-06 23:40:48 +0000858 CONFIG_CMD_TIME * run command and report execution time
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500859 CONFIG_CMD_USB * USB support
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500860 CONFIG_CMD_CDP * Cisco Discover Protocol support
Marek Vasut71729392012-03-31 07:47:16 +0000861 CONFIG_CMD_MFSL * Microblaze FSL support
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000862
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000863
864 EXAMPLE: If you want all functions except of network
865 support you can write:
866
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500867 #include "config_cmd_all.h"
868 #undef CONFIG_CMD_NET
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000869
Gerald Van Barend6abef42007-03-31 12:23:51 -0400870 Other Commands:
871 fdt (flattened device tree) command: CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000872
873 Note: Don't enable the "icache" and "dcache" commands
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500874 (configuration option CONFIG_CMD_CACHE) unless you know
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000875 what you (and your U-Boot users) are doing. Data
876 cache cannot be enabled on systems like the 8xx or
877 8260 (where accesses to the IMMR region must be
878 uncached), and it cannot be disabled on all other
879 systems where we (mis-) use the data cache to hold an
880 initial stack and some data.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000881
882
883 XXX - this list needs to get updated!
884
Simon Glass3d686442011-10-15 05:48:20 +0000885- Device tree:
886 CONFIG_OF_CONTROL
887 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will use a device tree
888 to configure its devices, instead of relying on statically
889 compiled #defines in the board file. This option is
890 experimental and only available on a few boards. The device
891 tree is available in the global data as gd->fdt_blob.
892
Simon Glass5cb34db2011-10-24 19:15:31 +0000893 U-Boot needs to get its device tree from somewhere. This can
894 be done using one of the two options below:
Simon Glass38d6b8d2011-10-15 05:48:21 +0000895
896 CONFIG_OF_EMBED
897 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will embed a device tree
898 binary in its image. This device tree file should be in the
899 board directory and called <soc>-<board>.dts. The binary file
900 is then picked up in board_init_f() and made available through
901 the global data structure as gd->blob.
Simon Glass3d686442011-10-15 05:48:20 +0000902
Simon Glass5cb34db2011-10-24 19:15:31 +0000903 CONFIG_OF_SEPARATE
904 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will build a device tree
905 binary. It will be called u-boot.dtb. Architecture-specific
906 code will locate it at run-time. Generally this works by:
907
908 cat u-boot.bin u-boot.dtb >image.bin
909
910 and in fact, U-Boot does this for you, creating a file called
911 u-boot-dtb.bin which is useful in the common case. You can
912 still use the individual files if you need something more
913 exotic.
914
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000915- Watchdog:
916 CONFIG_WATCHDOG
917 If this variable is defined, it enables watchdog
Detlev Zundel6aa4d7b2011-04-27 05:25:59 +0000918 support for the SoC. There must be support in the SoC
919 specific code for a watchdog. For the 8xx and 8260
920 CPUs, the SIU Watchdog feature is enabled in the SYPCR
921 register. When supported for a specific SoC is
922 available, then no further board specific code should
923 be needed to use it.
924
925 CONFIG_HW_WATCHDOG
926 When using a watchdog circuitry external to the used
927 SoC, then define this variable and provide board
928 specific code for the "hw_watchdog_reset" function.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000929
stroeseb9c17c52003-04-04 15:53:41 +0000930- U-Boot Version:
931 CONFIG_VERSION_VARIABLE
932 If this variable is defined, an environment variable
933 named "ver" is created by U-Boot showing the U-Boot
934 version as printed by the "version" command.
Benoît Thébaudeauce9a1552012-08-13 15:01:14 +0200935 Any change to this variable will be reverted at the
936 next reset.
stroeseb9c17c52003-04-04 15:53:41 +0000937
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000938- Real-Time Clock:
939
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500940 When CONFIG_CMD_DATE is selected, the type of the RTC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000941 has to be selected, too. Define exactly one of the
942 following options:
943
944 CONFIG_RTC_MPC8xx - use internal RTC of MPC8xx
945 CONFIG_RTC_PCF8563 - use Philips PCF8563 RTC
Fabio Estevam3f8d1782011-10-24 06:44:15 +0000946 CONFIG_RTC_MC13XXX - use MC13783 or MC13892 RTC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000947 CONFIG_RTC_MC146818 - use MC146818 RTC
wdenk1fe2c702003-03-06 21:55:29 +0000948 CONFIG_RTC_DS1307 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1307 RTC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000949 CONFIG_RTC_DS1337 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1337 RTC
wdenk0893c472003-05-20 14:25:27 +0000950 CONFIG_RTC_DS1338 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1338 RTC
wdenkef5fe752003-03-12 10:41:04 +0000951 CONFIG_RTC_DS164x - use Dallas DS164x RTC
Tor Krillb27939b2008-03-15 15:40:26 +0100952 CONFIG_RTC_ISL1208 - use Intersil ISL1208 RTC
wdenkaeba06f2004-06-09 17:34:58 +0000953 CONFIG_RTC_MAX6900 - use Maxim, Inc. MAX6900 RTC
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200954 CONFIG_SYS_RTC_DS1337_NOOSC - Turn off the OSC output for DS1337
Heiko Schocher1f1b7012011-03-28 09:24:22 +0200955 CONFIG_SYS_RV3029_TCR - enable trickle charger on
956 RV3029 RTC.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000957
wdenkb9bbd242003-06-30 16:24:52 +0000958 Note that if the RTC uses I2C, then the I2C interface
959 must also be configured. See I2C Support, below.
960
Peter Tyser9902e422008-12-17 16:36:21 -0600961- GPIO Support:
962 CONFIG_PCA953X - use NXP's PCA953X series I2C GPIO
963 CONFIG_PCA953X_INFO - enable pca953x info command
964
Chris Packham9b383202010-12-19 10:12:13 +0000965 The CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PCA953X_WIDTH option specifies a list of
966 chip-ngpio pairs that tell the PCA953X driver the number of
967 pins supported by a particular chip.
968
Peter Tyser9902e422008-12-17 16:36:21 -0600969 Note that if the GPIO device uses I2C, then the I2C interface
970 must also be configured. See I2C Support, below.
971
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000972- Timestamp Support:
973
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000974 When CONFIG_TIMESTAMP is selected, the timestamp
975 (date and time) of an image is printed by image
976 commands like bootm or iminfo. This option is
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500977 automatically enabled when you select CONFIG_CMD_DATE .
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000978
Karl O. Pinc8b1f90a2012-08-16 06:20:15 +0000979- Partition Labels (disklabels) Supported:
980 Zero or more of the following:
981 CONFIG_MAC_PARTITION Apple's MacOS partition table.
982 CONFIG_DOS_PARTITION MS Dos partition table, traditional on the
983 Intel architecture, USB sticks, etc.
984 CONFIG_ISO_PARTITION ISO partition table, used on CDROM etc.
985 CONFIG_EFI_PARTITION GPT partition table, common when EFI is the
986 bootloader. Note 2TB partition limit; see
987 disk/part_efi.c
988 CONFIG_MTD_PARTITIONS Memory Technology Device partition table.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000989
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +0100990 If IDE or SCSI support is enabled (CONFIG_CMD_IDE or
991 CONFIG_CMD_SCSI) you must configure support for at
Karl O. Pinc8b1f90a2012-08-16 06:20:15 +0000992 least one non-MTD partition type as well.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000993
994- IDE Reset method:
wdenk369d43d2004-03-14 14:09:05 +0000995 CONFIG_IDE_RESET_ROUTINE - this is defined in several
996 board configurations files but used nowhere!
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000997
wdenk369d43d2004-03-14 14:09:05 +0000998 CONFIG_IDE_RESET - is this is defined, IDE Reset will
999 be performed by calling the function
1000 ide_set_reset(int reset)
1001 which has to be defined in a board specific file
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001002
1003- ATAPI Support:
1004 CONFIG_ATAPI
1005
1006 Set this to enable ATAPI support.
1007
wdenkf602aa02004-03-13 23:29:43 +00001008- LBA48 Support
1009 CONFIG_LBA48
1010
1011 Set this to enable support for disks larger than 137GB
Heiko Schocher0f602e12009-12-03 11:21:21 +01001012 Also look at CONFIG_SYS_64BIT_LBA.
wdenkf602aa02004-03-13 23:29:43 +00001013 Whithout these , LBA48 support uses 32bit variables and will 'only'
1014 support disks up to 2.1TB.
1015
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001016 CONFIG_SYS_64BIT_LBA:
wdenkf602aa02004-03-13 23:29:43 +00001017 When enabled, makes the IDE subsystem use 64bit sector addresses.
1018 Default is 32bit.
1019
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001020- SCSI Support:
1021 At the moment only there is only support for the
1022 SYM53C8XX SCSI controller; define
1023 CONFIG_SCSI_SYM53C8XX to enable it.
1024
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001025 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_LUN [8], CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_SCSI_ID [7] and
1026 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_DEVICE [CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_SCSI_ID *
1027 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_LUN] can be adjusted to define the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001028 maximum numbers of LUNs, SCSI ID's and target
1029 devices.
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001030 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_SYM53C8XX_CCF to fix clock timing (80Mhz)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001031
1032- NETWORK Support (PCI):
wdenk4e112c12003-06-03 23:54:09 +00001033 CONFIG_E1000
Kyle Moffett64b94dd2011-10-18 11:05:29 +00001034 Support for Intel 8254x/8257x gigabit chips.
1035
1036 CONFIG_E1000_SPI
1037 Utility code for direct access to the SPI bus on Intel 8257x.
1038 This does not do anything useful unless you set at least one
1039 of CONFIG_CMD_E1000 or CONFIG_E1000_SPI_GENERIC.
1040
1041 CONFIG_E1000_SPI_GENERIC
1042 Allow generic access to the SPI bus on the Intel 8257x, for
1043 example with the "sspi" command.
1044
1045 CONFIG_CMD_E1000
1046 Management command for E1000 devices. When used on devices
1047 with SPI support you can reprogram the EEPROM from U-Boot.
stroese94ef1cf2003-06-05 15:39:44 +00001048
Andre Schwarz68c2a302008-03-06 16:45:44 +01001049 CONFIG_E1000_FALLBACK_MAC
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001050 default MAC for empty EEPROM after production.
Andre Schwarz68c2a302008-03-06 16:45:44 +01001051
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001052 CONFIG_EEPRO100
1053 Support for Intel 82557/82559/82559ER chips.
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001054 Optional CONFIG_EEPRO100_SROM_WRITE enables EEPROM
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001055 write routine for first time initialisation.
1056
1057 CONFIG_TULIP
1058 Support for Digital 2114x chips.
1059 Optional CONFIG_TULIP_SELECT_MEDIA for board specific
1060 modem chip initialisation (KS8761/QS6611).
1061
1062 CONFIG_NATSEMI
1063 Support for National dp83815 chips.
1064
1065 CONFIG_NS8382X
1066 Support for National dp8382[01] gigabit chips.
1067
wdenkaa603362003-05-12 21:50:16 +00001068- NETWORK Support (other):
1069
Jens Scharsigdab7cb82010-01-23 12:03:45 +01001070 CONFIG_DRIVER_AT91EMAC
1071 Support for AT91RM9200 EMAC.
1072
1073 CONFIG_RMII
1074 Define this to use reduced MII inteface
1075
1076 CONFIG_DRIVER_AT91EMAC_QUIET
1077 If this defined, the driver is quiet.
1078 The driver doen't show link status messages.
1079
Rob Herringc9830dc2011-12-15 11:15:49 +00001080 CONFIG_CALXEDA_XGMAC
1081 Support for the Calxeda XGMAC device
1082
wdenkaa603362003-05-12 21:50:16 +00001083 CONFIG_DRIVER_LAN91C96
1084 Support for SMSC's LAN91C96 chips.
1085
1086 CONFIG_LAN91C96_BASE
1087 Define this to hold the physical address
1088 of the LAN91C96's I/O space
1089
1090 CONFIG_LAN91C96_USE_32_BIT
1091 Define this to enable 32 bit addressing
1092
wdenk3c711762004-06-09 13:37:52 +00001093 CONFIG_DRIVER_SMC91111
1094 Support for SMSC's LAN91C111 chip
1095
1096 CONFIG_SMC91111_BASE
1097 Define this to hold the physical address
1098 of the device (I/O space)
1099
1100 CONFIG_SMC_USE_32_BIT
1101 Define this if data bus is 32 bits
1102
1103 CONFIG_SMC_USE_IOFUNCS
1104 Define this to use i/o functions instead of macros
1105 (some hardware wont work with macros)
1106
Heiko Schocher7d037f72011-11-15 10:00:04 -05001107 CONFIG_DRIVER_TI_EMAC
1108 Support for davinci emac
1109
1110 CONFIG_SYS_DAVINCI_EMAC_PHY_COUNT
1111 Define this if you have more then 3 PHYs.
1112
Macpaul Lin199c6252010-12-21 16:59:46 +08001113 CONFIG_FTGMAC100
1114 Support for Faraday's FTGMAC100 Gigabit SoC Ethernet
1115
1116 CONFIG_FTGMAC100_EGIGA
1117 Define this to use GE link update with gigabit PHY.
1118 Define this if FTGMAC100 is connected to gigabit PHY.
1119 If your system has 10/100 PHY only, it might not occur
1120 wrong behavior. Because PHY usually return timeout or
1121 useless data when polling gigabit status and gigabit
1122 control registers. This behavior won't affect the
1123 correctnessof 10/100 link speed update.
1124
Mike Rapoportf4761af2009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001125 CONFIG_SMC911X
Jens Gehrlein1dd48252008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001126 Support for SMSC's LAN911x and LAN921x chips
1127
Mike Rapoportf4761af2009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001128 CONFIG_SMC911X_BASE
Jens Gehrlein1dd48252008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001129 Define this to hold the physical address
1130 of the device (I/O space)
1131
Mike Rapoportf4761af2009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001132 CONFIG_SMC911X_32_BIT
Jens Gehrlein1dd48252008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001133 Define this if data bus is 32 bits
1134
Mike Rapoportf4761af2009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001135 CONFIG_SMC911X_16_BIT
Jens Gehrlein1dd48252008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001136 Define this if data bus is 16 bits. If your processor
1137 automatically converts one 32 bit word to two 16 bit
Mike Rapoportf4761af2009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001138 words you may also try CONFIG_SMC911X_32_BIT.
Jens Gehrlein1dd48252008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001139
Yoshihiro Shimodaed4cea02011-01-27 10:06:03 +09001140 CONFIG_SH_ETHER
1141 Support for Renesas on-chip Ethernet controller
1142
1143 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_USE_PORT
1144 Define the number of ports to be used
1145
1146 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_PHY_ADDR
1147 Define the ETH PHY's address
1148
Yoshihiro Shimoda281aa052011-01-27 10:06:08 +09001149 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_CACHE_WRITEBACK
1150 If this option is set, the driver enables cache flush.
1151
Vadim Bendeburydac69642011-10-17 08:36:14 +00001152- TPM Support:
1153 CONFIG_GENERIC_LPC_TPM
1154 Support for generic parallel port TPM devices. Only one device
1155 per system is supported at this time.
1156
1157 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_BASE_ADDRESS
1158 Base address where the generic TPM device is mapped
1159 to. Contemporary x86 systems usually map it at
1160 0xfed40000.
1161
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001162- USB Support:
1163 At the moment only the UHCI host controller is
wdenk369d43d2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001164 supported (PIP405, MIP405, MPC5200); define
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001165 CONFIG_USB_UHCI to enable it.
1166 define CONFIG_USB_KEYBOARD to enable the USB Keyboard
wdenkfb30b4c2004-10-09 22:44:59 +00001167 and define CONFIG_USB_STORAGE to enable the USB
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001168 storage devices.
1169 Note:
1170 Supported are USB Keyboards and USB Floppy drives
1171 (TEAC FD-05PUB).
wdenk369d43d2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001172 MPC5200 USB requires additional defines:
1173 CONFIG_USB_CLOCK
1174 for 528 MHz Clock: 0x0001bbbb
Eric Millbrandt02848522009-08-13 08:32:37 -05001175 CONFIG_PSC3_USB
1176 for USB on PSC3
wdenk369d43d2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001177 CONFIG_USB_CONFIG
1178 for differential drivers: 0x00001000
1179 for single ended drivers: 0x00005000
Eric Millbrandt02848522009-08-13 08:32:37 -05001180 for differential drivers on PSC3: 0x00000100
1181 for single ended drivers on PSC3: 0x00004100
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001182 CONFIG_SYS_USB_EVENT_POLL
Zhang Wei063f9ff2007-06-06 10:08:13 +02001183 May be defined to allow interrupt polling
1184 instead of using asynchronous interrupts
wdenk369d43d2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001185
Simon Glass5978cdb2012-02-27 10:52:47 +00001186 CONFIG_USB_EHCI_TXFIFO_THRESH enables setting of the
1187 txfilltuning field in the EHCI controller on reset.
1188
Wolfgang Denk3f0137b2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001189- USB Device:
1190 Define the below if you wish to use the USB console.
1191 Once firmware is rebuilt from a serial console issue the
1192 command "setenv stdin usbtty; setenv stdout usbtty" and
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001193 attach your USB cable. The Unix command "dmesg" should print
Wolfgang Denk3f0137b2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001194 it has found a new device. The environment variable usbtty
1195 can be set to gserial or cdc_acm to enable your device to
Wolfgang Denke2601822006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001196 appear to a USB host as a Linux gserial device or a
Wolfgang Denk3f0137b2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001197 Common Device Class Abstract Control Model serial device.
1198 If you select usbtty = gserial you should be able to enumerate
1199 a Linux host by
1200 # modprobe usbserial vendor=0xVendorID product=0xProductID
1201 else if using cdc_acm, simply setting the environment
1202 variable usbtty to be cdc_acm should suffice. The following
1203 might be defined in YourBoardName.h
Wolfgang Denke2601822006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001204
Wolfgang Denk3f0137b2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001205 CONFIG_USB_DEVICE
1206 Define this to build a UDC device
1207
1208 CONFIG_USB_TTY
1209 Define this to have a tty type of device available to
1210 talk to the UDC device
Wolfgang Denke2601822006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001211
Vipin KUMARbdb17702012-03-26 15:38:06 +05301212 CONFIG_USBD_HS
1213 Define this to enable the high speed support for usb
1214 device and usbtty. If this feature is enabled, a routine
1215 int is_usbd_high_speed(void)
1216 also needs to be defined by the driver to dynamically poll
1217 whether the enumeration has succeded at high speed or full
1218 speed.
1219
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001220 CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_IS_IN_ENV
Wolfgang Denk3f0137b2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001221 Define this if you want stdin, stdout &/or stderr to
1222 be set to usbtty.
1223
1224 mpc8xx:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001225 CONFIG_SYS_USB_EXTC_CLK 0xBLAH
Wolfgang Denk3f0137b2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001226 Derive USB clock from external clock "blah"
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001227 - CONFIG_SYS_USB_EXTC_CLK 0x02
Wolfgang Denke2601822006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001228
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001229 CONFIG_SYS_USB_BRG_CLK 0xBLAH
Wolfgang Denk3f0137b2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001230 Derive USB clock from brgclk
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001231 - CONFIG_SYS_USB_BRG_CLK 0x04
Wolfgang Denk3f0137b2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001232
Wolfgang Denke2601822006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001233 If you have a USB-IF assigned VendorID then you may wish to
Wolfgang Denk3f0137b2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001234 define your own vendor specific values either in BoardName.h
Wolfgang Denke2601822006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001235 or directly in usbd_vendor_info.h. If you don't define
Wolfgang Denk3f0137b2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001236 CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER, CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME,
1237 CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID and CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID, then U-Boot
1238 should pretend to be a Linux device to it's target host.
1239
1240 CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER
1241 Define this string as the name of your company for
1242 - CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER "my company"
Wolfgang Denke2601822006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001243
Wolfgang Denk3f0137b2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001244 CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME
1245 Define this string as the name of your product
1246 - CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME "acme usb device"
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001247
Wolfgang Denk3f0137b2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001248 CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID
1249 Define this as your assigned Vendor ID from the USB
1250 Implementors Forum. This *must* be a genuine Vendor ID
1251 to avoid polluting the USB namespace.
1252 - CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID 0xFFFF
Wolfgang Denke2601822006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001253
Wolfgang Denk3f0137b2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001254 CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID
1255 Define this as the unique Product ID
1256 for your device
1257 - CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID 0xFFFF
Wolfgang Denke2601822006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001258
Igor Grinbergac5f6ee2011-12-12 12:08:35 +02001259- ULPI Layer Support:
1260 The ULPI (UTMI Low Pin (count) Interface) PHYs are supported via
1261 the generic ULPI layer. The generic layer accesses the ULPI PHY
1262 via the platform viewport, so you need both the genric layer and
1263 the viewport enabled. Currently only Chipidea/ARC based
1264 viewport is supported.
1265 To enable the ULPI layer support, define CONFIG_USB_ULPI and
1266 CONFIG_USB_ULPI_VIEWPORT in your board configuration file.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001267
wdenk7a428cc2003-06-15 22:40:42 +00001268- MMC Support:
wdenk57b2d802003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001269 The MMC controller on the Intel PXA is supported. To
1270 enable this define CONFIG_MMC. The MMC can be
1271 accessed from the boot prompt by mapping the device
wdenk7a428cc2003-06-15 22:40:42 +00001272 to physical memory similar to flash. Command line is
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001273 enabled with CONFIG_CMD_MMC. The MMC driver also works with
1274 the FAT fs. This is enabled with CONFIG_CMD_FAT.
wdenk7a428cc2003-06-15 22:40:42 +00001275
Yoshihiro Shimodadb7717b2011-07-04 22:21:22 +00001276 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF
1277 Support for Renesas on-chip MMCIF controller
1278
1279 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF_ADDR
1280 Define the base address of MMCIF registers
1281
1282 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF_CLK
1283 Define the clock frequency for MMCIF
1284
wdenkda04a8b2004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001285- Journaling Flash filesystem support:
1286 CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND, CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND_OFF, CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND_SIZE,
1287 CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND_DEV
1288 Define these for a default partition on a NAND device
1289
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001290 CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_FIRST_SECTOR,
1291 CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_FIRST_BANK, CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_NUM_BANKS
wdenkda04a8b2004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001292 Define these for a default partition on a NOR device
1293
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001294 CONFIG_SYS_JFFS_CUSTOM_PART
wdenkda04a8b2004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001295 Define this to create an own partition. You have to provide a
1296 function struct part_info* jffs2_part_info(int part_num)
1297
1298 If you define only one JFFS2 partition you may also want to
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001299 #define CONFIG_SYS_JFFS_SINGLE_PART 1
wdenkda04a8b2004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001300 to disable the command chpart. This is the default when you
1301 have not defined a custom partition
1302
Donggeun Kim8f814002011-10-24 21:15:28 +00001303- FAT(File Allocation Table) filesystem write function support:
1304 CONFIG_FAT_WRITE
Donggeun Kimb44c8ab2012-03-22 04:38:56 +00001305
1306 Define this to enable support for saving memory data as a
1307 file in FAT formatted partition.
1308
1309 This will also enable the command "fatwrite" enabling the
1310 user to write files to FAT.
Donggeun Kim8f814002011-10-24 21:15:28 +00001311
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001312- Keyboard Support:
1313 CONFIG_ISA_KEYBOARD
1314
1315 Define this to enable standard (PC-Style) keyboard
1316 support
1317
1318 CONFIG_I8042_KBD
1319 Standard PC keyboard driver with US (is default) and
1320 GERMAN key layout (switch via environment 'keymap=de') support.
1321 Export function i8042_kbd_init, i8042_tstc and i8042_getc
1322 for cfb_console. Supports cursor blinking.
1323
1324- Video support:
1325 CONFIG_VIDEO
1326
1327 Define this to enable video support (for output to
1328 video).
1329
1330 CONFIG_VIDEO_CT69000
1331
1332 Enable Chips & Technologies 69000 Video chip
1333
1334 CONFIG_VIDEO_SMI_LYNXEM
wdenkd3602132004-03-25 15:14:43 +00001335 Enable Silicon Motion SMI 712/710/810 Video chip. The
wdenkaea86e42004-03-23 22:53:55 +00001336 video output is selected via environment 'videoout'
1337 (1 = LCD and 2 = CRT). If videoout is undefined, CRT is
1338 assumed.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001339
wdenkd3602132004-03-25 15:14:43 +00001340 For the CT69000 and SMI_LYNXEM drivers, videomode is
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001341 selected via environment 'videomode'. Two different ways
wdenkaea86e42004-03-23 22:53:55 +00001342 are possible:
1343 - "videomode=num" 'num' is a standard LiLo mode numbers.
wdenk05939202004-04-18 17:39:38 +00001344 Following standard modes are supported (* is default):
wdenkaea86e42004-03-23 22:53:55 +00001345
1346 Colors 640x480 800x600 1024x768 1152x864 1280x1024
1347 -------------+---------------------------------------------
1348 8 bits | 0x301* 0x303 0x305 0x161 0x307
1349 15 bits | 0x310 0x313 0x316 0x162 0x319
1350 16 bits | 0x311 0x314 0x317 0x163 0x31A
1351 24 bits | 0x312 0x315 0x318 ? 0x31B
1352 -------------+---------------------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001353 (i.e. setenv videomode 317; saveenv; reset;)
1354
wdenkd3602132004-03-25 15:14:43 +00001355 - "videomode=bootargs" all the video parameters are parsed
Marcel Ziswileraea68562007-12-30 03:30:46 +01001356 from the bootargs. (See drivers/video/videomodes.c)
wdenkaea86e42004-03-23 22:53:55 +00001357
1358
stroeseb9c17c52003-04-04 15:53:41 +00001359 CONFIG_VIDEO_SED13806
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001360 Enable Epson SED13806 driver. This driver supports 8bpp
wdenk9dd2b882002-12-03 21:28:10 +00001361 and 16bpp modes defined by CONFIG_VIDEO_SED13806_8BPP
1362 or CONFIG_VIDEO_SED13806_16BPP
1363
Timur Tabi020edd22011-02-15 17:09:19 -06001364 CONFIG_FSL_DIU_FB
Wolfgang Denk825223d2011-09-11 21:24:09 +02001365 Enable the Freescale DIU video driver. Reference boards for
Timur Tabi020edd22011-02-15 17:09:19 -06001366 SOCs that have a DIU should define this macro to enable DIU
1367 support, and should also define these other macros:
1368
1369 CONFIG_SYS_DIU_ADDR
1370 CONFIG_VIDEO
1371 CONFIG_CMD_BMP
1372 CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE
1373 CONFIG_VIDEO_SW_CURSOR
1374 CONFIG_VGA_AS_SINGLE_DEVICE
1375 CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO
1376 CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_LOGO
1377
Timur Tabi32f709e2011-04-11 14:18:22 -05001378 The DIU driver will look for the 'video-mode' environment
1379 variable, and if defined, enable the DIU as a console during
1380 boot. See the documentation file README.video for a
1381 description of this variable.
Timur Tabi020edd22011-02-15 17:09:19 -06001382
wdenk4e112c12003-06-03 23:54:09 +00001383- Keyboard Support:
wdenk57b2d802003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001384 CONFIG_KEYBOARD
wdenk4e112c12003-06-03 23:54:09 +00001385
wdenk57b2d802003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001386 Define this to enable a custom keyboard support.
1387 This simply calls drv_keyboard_init() which must be
1388 defined in your board-specific files.
1389 The only board using this so far is RBC823.
wdenk9dd2b882002-12-03 21:28:10 +00001390
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001391- LCD Support: CONFIG_LCD
1392
1393 Define this to enable LCD support (for output to LCD
1394 display); also select one of the supported displays
1395 by defining one of these:
1396
Stelian Popf6f86652008-05-09 21:57:18 +02001397 CONFIG_ATMEL_LCD:
1398
1399 HITACHI TX09D70VM1CCA, 3.5", 240x320.
1400
wdenkc0d54ae2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001401 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448AC33:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001402
wdenkc0d54ae2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001403 NEC NL6448AC33-18. Active, color, single scan.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001404
wdenkc0d54ae2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001405 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448BC20
1406
1407 NEC NL6448BC20-08. 6.5", 640x480.
1408 Active, color, single scan.
1409
1410 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448BC33_54
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001411
wdenkc0d54ae2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001412 NEC NL6448BC33-54. 10.4", 640x480.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001413 Active, color, single scan.
1414
1415 CONFIG_SHARP_16x9
1416
1417 Sharp 320x240. Active, color, single scan.
1418 It isn't 16x9, and I am not sure what it is.
1419
1420 CONFIG_SHARP_LQ64D341
1421
1422 Sharp LQ64D341 display, 640x480.
1423 Active, color, single scan.
1424
1425 CONFIG_HLD1045
1426
1427 HLD1045 display, 640x480.
1428 Active, color, single scan.
1429
1430 CONFIG_OPTREX_BW
1431
1432 Optrex CBL50840-2 NF-FW 99 22 M5
1433 or
1434 Hitachi LMG6912RPFC-00T
1435 or
1436 Hitachi SP14Q002
1437
1438 320x240. Black & white.
1439
1440 Normally display is black on white background; define
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001441 CONFIG_SYS_WHITE_ON_BLACK to get it inverted.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001442
wdenkeb20ad32003-09-05 23:19:14 +00001443- Splash Screen Support: CONFIG_SPLASH_SCREEN
wdenk92bbe3f2003-04-20 14:04:18 +00001444
wdenk57b2d802003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001445 If this option is set, the environment is checked for
1446 a variable "splashimage". If found, the usual display
1447 of logo, copyright and system information on the LCD
wdenk01686632004-06-30 22:59:18 +00001448 is suppressed and the BMP image at the address
wdenk57b2d802003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001449 specified in "splashimage" is loaded instead. The
1450 console is redirected to the "nulldev", too. This
1451 allows for a "silent" boot where a splash screen is
1452 loaded very quickly after power-on.
wdenk92bbe3f2003-04-20 14:04:18 +00001453
Matthias Weisser53884182009-07-09 16:07:30 +02001454 CONFIG_SPLASH_SCREEN_ALIGN
1455
1456 If this option is set the splash image can be freely positioned
1457 on the screen. Environment variable "splashpos" specifies the
1458 position as "x,y". If a positive number is given it is used as
1459 number of pixel from left/top. If a negative number is given it
1460 is used as number of pixel from right/bottom. You can also
1461 specify 'm' for centering the image.
1462
1463 Example:
1464 setenv splashpos m,m
1465 => image at center of screen
1466
1467 setenv splashpos 30,20
1468 => image at x = 30 and y = 20
1469
1470 setenv splashpos -10,m
1471 => vertically centered image
1472 at x = dspWidth - bmpWidth - 9
1473
Stefan Roesed9d97742005-09-22 09:04:17 +02001474- Gzip compressed BMP image support: CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_GZIP
1475
1476 If this option is set, additionally to standard BMP
1477 images, gzipped BMP images can be displayed via the
1478 splashscreen support or the bmp command.
1479
Anatolij Gustschin6b4e4fc2010-03-15 14:50:25 +01001480- Run length encoded BMP image (RLE8) support: CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_RLE8
1481
1482 If this option is set, 8-bit RLE compressed BMP images
1483 can be displayed via the splashscreen support or the
1484 bmp command.
1485
wdenk710e3502003-08-29 20:57:53 +00001486- Compression support:
1487 CONFIG_BZIP2
1488
1489 If this option is set, support for bzip2 compressed
1490 images is included. If not, only uncompressed and gzip
1491 compressed images are supported.
1492
wdenk9c53f402003-10-15 23:53:47 +00001493 NOTE: the bzip2 algorithm requires a lot of RAM, so
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001494 the malloc area (as defined by CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN) should
wdenk9c53f402003-10-15 23:53:47 +00001495 be at least 4MB.
wdenk92bbe3f2003-04-20 14:04:18 +00001496
Luigi 'Comio' Mantellini35afc062008-09-08 02:46:13 +02001497 CONFIG_LZMA
1498
1499 If this option is set, support for lzma compressed
1500 images is included.
1501
1502 Note: The LZMA algorithm adds between 2 and 4KB of code and it
1503 requires an amount of dynamic memory that is given by the
1504 formula:
1505
1506 (1846 + 768 << (lc + lp)) * sizeof(uint16)
1507
1508 Where lc and lp stand for, respectively, Literal context bits
1509 and Literal pos bits.
1510
1511 This value is upper-bounded by 14MB in the worst case. Anyway,
1512 for a ~4MB large kernel image, we have lc=3 and lp=0 for a
1513 total amount of (1846 + 768 << (3 + 0)) * 2 = ~41KB... that is
1514 a very small buffer.
1515
1516 Use the lzmainfo tool to determinate the lc and lp values and
1517 then calculate the amount of needed dynamic memory (ensuring
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001518 the appropriate CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN value).
Luigi 'Comio' Mantellini35afc062008-09-08 02:46:13 +02001519
wdenk0e2bd9c2004-06-06 21:51:03 +00001520- MII/PHY support:
1521 CONFIG_PHY_ADDR
1522
1523 The address of PHY on MII bus.
1524
1525 CONFIG_PHY_CLOCK_FREQ (ppc4xx)
1526
1527 The clock frequency of the MII bus
1528
1529 CONFIG_PHY_GIGE
1530
1531 If this option is set, support for speed/duplex
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001532 detection of gigabit PHY is included.
wdenk0e2bd9c2004-06-06 21:51:03 +00001533
1534 CONFIG_PHY_RESET_DELAY
1535
1536 Some PHY like Intel LXT971A need extra delay after
1537 reset before any MII register access is possible.
1538 For such PHY, set this option to the usec delay
1539 required. (minimum 300usec for LXT971A)
1540
1541 CONFIG_PHY_CMD_DELAY (ppc4xx)
1542
1543 Some PHY like Intel LXT971A need extra delay after
1544 command issued before MII status register can be read
1545
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001546- Ethernet address:
1547 CONFIG_ETHADDR
richardretanubune5167f12008-09-29 18:28:23 -04001548 CONFIG_ETH1ADDR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001549 CONFIG_ETH2ADDR
1550 CONFIG_ETH3ADDR
richardretanubune5167f12008-09-29 18:28:23 -04001551 CONFIG_ETH4ADDR
1552 CONFIG_ETH5ADDR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001553
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001554 Define a default value for Ethernet address to use
1555 for the respective Ethernet interface, in case this
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001556 is not determined automatically.
1557
1558- IP address:
1559 CONFIG_IPADDR
1560
1561 Define a default value for the IP address to use for
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001562 the default Ethernet interface, in case this is not
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001563 determined through e.g. bootp.
Wolfgang Denk26da2992011-10-26 10:21:22 +00001564 (Environment variable "ipaddr")
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001565
1566- Server IP address:
1567 CONFIG_SERVERIP
1568
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001569 Defines a default value for the IP address of a TFTP
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001570 server to contact when using the "tftboot" command.
Wolfgang Denk26da2992011-10-26 10:21:22 +00001571 (Environment variable "serverip")
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001572
Robin Getz470a6d42009-07-21 12:15:28 -04001573 CONFIG_KEEP_SERVERADDR
1574
1575 Keeps the server's MAC address, in the env 'serveraddr'
1576 for passing to bootargs (like Linux's netconsole option)
1577
Wolfgang Denk26da2992011-10-26 10:21:22 +00001578- Gateway IP address:
1579 CONFIG_GATEWAYIP
1580
1581 Defines a default value for the IP address of the
1582 default router where packets to other networks are
1583 sent to.
1584 (Environment variable "gatewayip")
1585
1586- Subnet mask:
1587 CONFIG_NETMASK
1588
1589 Defines a default value for the subnet mask (or
1590 routing prefix) which is used to determine if an IP
1591 address belongs to the local subnet or needs to be
1592 forwarded through a router.
1593 (Environment variable "netmask")
1594
David Updegraff7280da72007-06-11 10:41:07 -05001595- Multicast TFTP Mode:
1596 CONFIG_MCAST_TFTP
1597
1598 Defines whether you want to support multicast TFTP as per
1599 rfc-2090; for example to work with atftp. Lets lots of targets
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001600 tftp down the same boot image concurrently. Note: the Ethernet
David Updegraff7280da72007-06-11 10:41:07 -05001601 driver in use must provide a function: mcast() to join/leave a
1602 multicast group.
1603
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001604- BOOTP Recovery Mode:
1605 CONFIG_BOOTP_RANDOM_DELAY
1606
1607 If you have many targets in a network that try to
1608 boot using BOOTP, you may want to avoid that all
1609 systems send out BOOTP requests at precisely the same
1610 moment (which would happen for instance at recovery
1611 from a power failure, when all systems will try to
1612 boot, thus flooding the BOOTP server. Defining
1613 CONFIG_BOOTP_RANDOM_DELAY causes a random delay to be
1614 inserted before sending out BOOTP requests. The
Wolfgang Denkb65aaf92007-08-06 23:21:05 +02001615 following delays are inserted then:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001616
1617 1st BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 1 sec
1618 2nd BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 2 sec
1619 3rd BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 4 sec
1620 4th and following
1621 BOOTP requests: delay 0 ... 8 sec
1622
stroesee0aadfb2003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001623- DHCP Advanced Options:
Jon Loeliger5336a762007-07-09 22:08:34 -05001624 You can fine tune the DHCP functionality by defining
1625 CONFIG_BOOTP_* symbols:
stroesee0aadfb2003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001626
Jon Loeliger5336a762007-07-09 22:08:34 -05001627 CONFIG_BOOTP_SUBNETMASK
1628 CONFIG_BOOTP_GATEWAY
1629 CONFIG_BOOTP_HOSTNAME
1630 CONFIG_BOOTP_NISDOMAIN
1631 CONFIG_BOOTP_BOOTPATH
1632 CONFIG_BOOTP_BOOTFILESIZE
1633 CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS
1634 CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2
1635 CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME
1636 CONFIG_BOOTP_NTPSERVER
1637 CONFIG_BOOTP_TIMEOFFSET
1638 CONFIG_BOOTP_VENDOREX
Joe Hershberger8ca7fa02012-05-23 07:59:19 +00001639 CONFIG_BOOTP_MAY_FAIL
stroesee0aadfb2003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001640
Wilson Callan22bcd6e2007-07-28 10:56:13 -04001641 CONFIG_BOOTP_SERVERIP - TFTP server will be the serverip
1642 environment variable, not the BOOTP server.
stroesee0aadfb2003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001643
Joe Hershberger8ca7fa02012-05-23 07:59:19 +00001644 CONFIG_BOOTP_MAY_FAIL - If the DHCP server is not found
1645 after the configured retry count, the call will fail
1646 instead of starting over. This can be used to fail over
1647 to Link-local IP address configuration if the DHCP server
1648 is not available.
1649
stroesee0aadfb2003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001650 CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2 - If a DHCP client requests the DNS
1651 serverip from a DHCP server, it is possible that more
1652 than one DNS serverip is offered to the client.
1653 If CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2 is enabled, the secondary DNS
1654 serverip will be stored in the additional environment
1655 variable "dnsip2". The first DNS serverip is always
1656 stored in the variable "dnsip", when CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS
Jon Loeliger5336a762007-07-09 22:08:34 -05001657 is defined.
stroesee0aadfb2003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001658
1659 CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME - Some DHCP servers are capable
1660 to do a dynamic update of a DNS server. To do this, they
1661 need the hostname of the DHCP requester.
Wilson Callan22bcd6e2007-07-28 10:56:13 -04001662 If CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME is defined, the content
Jon Loeliger5336a762007-07-09 22:08:34 -05001663 of the "hostname" environment variable is passed as
1664 option 12 to the DHCP server.
stroesee0aadfb2003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001665
Aras Vaichas72aa3f32008-03-26 09:43:57 +11001666 CONFIG_BOOTP_DHCP_REQUEST_DELAY
1667
1668 A 32bit value in microseconds for a delay between
1669 receiving a "DHCP Offer" and sending the "DHCP Request".
1670 This fixes a problem with certain DHCP servers that don't
1671 respond 100% of the time to a "DHCP request". E.g. On an
1672 AT91RM9200 processor running at 180MHz, this delay needed
1673 to be *at least* 15,000 usec before a Windows Server 2003
1674 DHCP server would reply 100% of the time. I recommend at
1675 least 50,000 usec to be safe. The alternative is to hope
1676 that one of the retries will be successful but note that
1677 the DHCP timeout and retry process takes a longer than
1678 this delay.
1679
Joe Hershbergerb35a3a62012-05-23 08:00:12 +00001680 - Link-local IP address negotiation:
1681 Negotiate with other link-local clients on the local network
1682 for an address that doesn't require explicit configuration.
1683 This is especially useful if a DHCP server cannot be guaranteed
1684 to exist in all environments that the device must operate.
1685
1686 See doc/README.link-local for more information.
1687
wdenk145d2c12004-04-15 21:48:45 +00001688 - CDP Options:
wdenk05939202004-04-18 17:39:38 +00001689 CONFIG_CDP_DEVICE_ID
wdenk145d2c12004-04-15 21:48:45 +00001690
1691 The device id used in CDP trigger frames.
1692
1693 CONFIG_CDP_DEVICE_ID_PREFIX
1694
1695 A two character string which is prefixed to the MAC address
1696 of the device.
1697
1698 CONFIG_CDP_PORT_ID
1699
1700 A printf format string which contains the ascii name of
1701 the port. Normally is set to "eth%d" which sets
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001702 eth0 for the first Ethernet, eth1 for the second etc.
wdenk145d2c12004-04-15 21:48:45 +00001703
1704 CONFIG_CDP_CAPABILITIES
1705
1706 A 32bit integer which indicates the device capabilities;
1707 0x00000010 for a normal host which does not forwards.
1708
1709 CONFIG_CDP_VERSION
1710
1711 An ascii string containing the version of the software.
1712
1713 CONFIG_CDP_PLATFORM
1714
1715 An ascii string containing the name of the platform.
1716
1717 CONFIG_CDP_TRIGGER
1718
1719 A 32bit integer sent on the trigger.
1720
1721 CONFIG_CDP_POWER_CONSUMPTION
1722
1723 A 16bit integer containing the power consumption of the
1724 device in .1 of milliwatts.
1725
1726 CONFIG_CDP_APPLIANCE_VLAN_TYPE
1727
1728 A byte containing the id of the VLAN.
1729
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001730- Status LED: CONFIG_STATUS_LED
1731
1732 Several configurations allow to display the current
1733 status using a LED. For instance, the LED will blink
1734 fast while running U-Boot code, stop blinking as
1735 soon as a reply to a BOOTP request was received, and
1736 start blinking slow once the Linux kernel is running
1737 (supported by a status LED driver in the Linux
1738 kernel). Defining CONFIG_STATUS_LED enables this
1739 feature in U-Boot.
1740
1741- CAN Support: CONFIG_CAN_DRIVER
1742
1743 Defining CONFIG_CAN_DRIVER enables CAN driver support
1744 on those systems that support this (optional)
1745 feature, like the TQM8xxL modules.
1746
1747- I2C Support: CONFIG_HARD_I2C | CONFIG_SOFT_I2C
1748
wdenkb9bbd242003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001749 These enable I2C serial bus commands. Defining either of
wdenk21136db2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00001750 (but not both of) CONFIG_HARD_I2C or CONFIG_SOFT_I2C will
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001751 include the appropriate I2C driver for the selected CPU.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001752
wdenk21136db2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00001753 This will allow you to use i2c commands at the u-boot
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001754 command line (as long as you set CONFIG_CMD_I2C in
wdenkb9bbd242003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001755 CONFIG_COMMANDS) and communicate with i2c based realtime
1756 clock chips. See common/cmd_i2c.c for a description of the
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001757 command line interface.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001758
Ben Warren45657152006-09-07 16:50:54 -04001759 CONFIG_HARD_I2C selects a hardware I2C controller.
wdenkb9bbd242003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001760
wdenk21136db2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00001761 CONFIG_SOFT_I2C configures u-boot to use a software (aka
wdenkb9bbd242003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001762 bit-banging) driver instead of CPM or similar hardware
1763 support for I2C.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001764
wdenk21136db2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00001765 There are several other quantities that must also be
wdenkb9bbd242003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001766 defined when you define CONFIG_HARD_I2C or CONFIG_SOFT_I2C.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001767
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001768 In both cases you will need to define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SPEED
wdenk21136db2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00001769 to be the frequency (in Hz) at which you wish your i2c bus
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001770 to run and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SLAVE to be the address of this node (ie
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001771 the CPU's i2c node address).
wdenk21136db2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00001772
Peter Tysere4d1abc2010-04-12 22:28:21 -05001773 Now, the u-boot i2c code for the mpc8xx
Stefan Roese88fbf932010-04-15 16:07:28 +02001774 (arch/powerpc/cpu/mpc8xx/i2c.c) sets the CPU up as a master node
Peter Tysere4d1abc2010-04-12 22:28:21 -05001775 and so its address should therefore be cleared to 0 (See,
1776 eg, MPC823e User's Manual p.16-473). So, set
1777 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SLAVE to 0.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001778
Eric Millbrandt12990a42009-09-03 08:09:44 -05001779 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_MPC5XXX
1780
1781 When a board is reset during an i2c bus transfer
1782 chips might think that the current transfer is still
1783 in progress. Reset the slave devices by sending start
1784 commands until the slave device responds.
1785
wdenk21136db2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00001786 That's all that's required for CONFIG_HARD_I2C.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001787
wdenkb9bbd242003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001788 If you use the software i2c interface (CONFIG_SOFT_I2C)
1789 then the following macros need to be defined (examples are
1790 from include/configs/lwmon.h):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001791
1792 I2C_INIT
1793
wdenkb9bbd242003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001794 (Optional). Any commands necessary to enable the I2C
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001795 controller or configure ports.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001796
wdenk544e9732004-02-06 23:19:44 +00001797 eg: #define I2C_INIT (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir |= PB_SCL)
wdenkb9bbd242003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001798
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001799 I2C_PORT
1800
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001801 (Only for MPC8260 CPU). The I/O port to use (the code
1802 assumes both bits are on the same port). Valid values
1803 are 0..3 for ports A..D.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001804
1805 I2C_ACTIVE
1806
1807 The code necessary to make the I2C data line active
1808 (driven). If the data line is open collector, this
1809 define can be null.
1810
wdenkb9bbd242003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001811 eg: #define I2C_ACTIVE (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir |= PB_SDA)
1812
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001813 I2C_TRISTATE
1814
1815 The code necessary to make the I2C data line tri-stated
1816 (inactive). If the data line is open collector, this
1817 define can be null.
1818
wdenkb9bbd242003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001819 eg: #define I2C_TRISTATE (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir &= ~PB_SDA)
1820
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001821 I2C_READ
1822
1823 Code that returns TRUE if the I2C data line is high,
1824 FALSE if it is low.
1825
wdenkb9bbd242003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001826 eg: #define I2C_READ ((immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat & PB_SDA) != 0)
1827
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001828 I2C_SDA(bit)
1829
1830 If <bit> is TRUE, sets the I2C data line high. If it
1831 is FALSE, it clears it (low).
1832
wdenkb9bbd242003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001833 eg: #define I2C_SDA(bit) \
wdenk2bb11052003-07-17 23:16:40 +00001834 if(bit) immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat |= PB_SDA; \
wdenk544e9732004-02-06 23:19:44 +00001835 else immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat &= ~PB_SDA
wdenkb9bbd242003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001836
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001837 I2C_SCL(bit)
1838
1839 If <bit> is TRUE, sets the I2C clock line high. If it
1840 is FALSE, it clears it (low).
1841
wdenkb9bbd242003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001842 eg: #define I2C_SCL(bit) \
wdenk2bb11052003-07-17 23:16:40 +00001843 if(bit) immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat |= PB_SCL; \
wdenk544e9732004-02-06 23:19:44 +00001844 else immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat &= ~PB_SCL
wdenkb9bbd242003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001845
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001846 I2C_DELAY
1847
1848 This delay is invoked four times per clock cycle so this
1849 controls the rate of data transfer. The data rate thus
wdenkb9bbd242003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001850 is 1 / (I2C_DELAY * 4). Often defined to be something
wdenk21136db2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00001851 like:
1852
wdenkb9bbd242003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001853 #define I2C_DELAY udelay(2)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001854
Mike Frysingeree12d542010-07-21 13:38:02 -04001855 CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_GPIO_SCL / CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_GPIO_SDA
1856
1857 If your arch supports the generic GPIO framework (asm/gpio.h),
1858 then you may alternatively define the two GPIOs that are to be
1859 used as SCL / SDA. Any of the previous I2C_xxx macros will
1860 have GPIO-based defaults assigned to them as appropriate.
1861
1862 You should define these to the GPIO value as given directly to
1863 the generic GPIO functions.
1864
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001865 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_BOARD
wdenkcc1e2562003-03-06 13:39:27 +00001866
wdenk57b2d802003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001867 When a board is reset during an i2c bus transfer
1868 chips might think that the current transfer is still
1869 in progress. On some boards it is possible to access
1870 the i2c SCLK line directly, either by using the
1871 processor pin as a GPIO or by having a second pin
1872 connected to the bus. If this option is defined a
1873 custom i2c_init_board() routine in boards/xxx/board.c
1874 is run early in the boot sequence.
wdenkcc1e2562003-03-06 13:39:27 +00001875
Richard Retanubundf0149c2010-04-12 15:08:17 -04001876 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_BOARD_LATE_INIT
1877
1878 An alternative to CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_BOARD. If this option is
1879 defined a custom i2c_board_late_init() routine in
1880 boards/xxx/board.c is run AFTER the operations in i2c_init()
1881 is completed. This callpoint can be used to unreset i2c bus
1882 using CPU i2c controller register accesses for CPUs whose i2c
1883 controller provide such a method. It is called at the end of
1884 i2c_init() to allow i2c_init operations to setup the i2c bus
1885 controller on the CPU (e.g. setting bus speed & slave address).
1886
wdenk0e2bd9c2004-06-06 21:51:03 +00001887 CONFIG_I2CFAST (PPC405GP|PPC405EP only)
1888
1889 This option enables configuration of bi_iic_fast[] flags
1890 in u-boot bd_info structure based on u-boot environment
1891 variable "i2cfast". (see also i2cfast)
1892
Ben Warren45657152006-09-07 16:50:54 -04001893 CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
1894
1895 This option allows the use of multiple I2C buses, each of which
Wolfgang Denk092ae952011-10-26 10:21:21 +00001896 must have a controller. At any point in time, only one bus is
1897 active. To switch to a different bus, use the 'i2c dev' command.
Ben Warren45657152006-09-07 16:50:54 -04001898 Note that bus numbering is zero-based.
1899
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001900 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_NOPROBES
Ben Warren45657152006-09-07 16:50:54 -04001901
1902 This option specifies a list of I2C devices that will be skipped
Wolfgang Denk092ae952011-10-26 10:21:21 +00001903 when the 'i2c probe' command is issued. If CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
Peter Tyser469cde42009-04-18 22:34:03 -05001904 is set, specify a list of bus-device pairs. Otherwise, specify
1905 a 1D array of device addresses
Ben Warren45657152006-09-07 16:50:54 -04001906
1907 e.g.
1908 #undef CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
Wolfgang Denk092ae952011-10-26 10:21:21 +00001909 #define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_NOPROBES {0x50,0x68}
Ben Warren45657152006-09-07 16:50:54 -04001910
1911 will skip addresses 0x50 and 0x68 on a board with one I2C bus
1912
Wolfgang Denk092ae952011-10-26 10:21:21 +00001913 #define CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001914 #define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MULTI_NOPROBES {{0,0x50},{0,0x68},{1,0x54}}
Ben Warren45657152006-09-07 16:50:54 -04001915
1916 will skip addresses 0x50 and 0x68 on bus 0 and address 0x54 on bus 1
1917
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001918 CONFIG_SYS_SPD_BUS_NUM
Timur Tabiab347542006-11-03 19:15:00 -06001919
1920 If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for DDR SPD.
1921 If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that SPD is on I2C bus 0.
1922
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001923 CONFIG_SYS_RTC_BUS_NUM
Stefan Roese096cc9b2007-02-20 10:51:26 +01001924
1925 If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for the RTC.
1926 If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that RTC is on I2C bus 0.
1927
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001928 CONFIG_SYS_DTT_BUS_NUM
Stefan Roese096cc9b2007-02-20 10:51:26 +01001929
1930 If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for the DTT.
1931 If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that DTT is on I2C bus 0.
1932
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001933 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DTT_ADDR:
Victor Gallardo31856dd2008-09-09 15:13:29 -07001934
1935 If defined, specifies the I2C address of the DTT device.
1936 If not defined, then U-Boot uses predefined value for
1937 specified DTT device.
1938
Timur Tabiab347542006-11-03 19:15:00 -06001939 CONFIG_FSL_I2C
1940
1941 Define this option if you want to use Freescale's I2C driver in
Marcel Ziswileraea68562007-12-30 03:30:46 +01001942 drivers/i2c/fsl_i2c.c.
Timur Tabiab347542006-11-03 19:15:00 -06001943
Heiko Schocher6ee861b2008-10-15 09:39:47 +02001944 CONFIG_I2C_MUX
1945
1946 Define this option if you have I2C devices reached over 1 .. n
1947 I2C Muxes like the pca9544a. This option addes a new I2C
1948 Command "i2c bus [muxtype:muxaddr:muxchannel]" which adds a
1949 new I2C Bus to the existing I2C Busses. If you select the
1950 new Bus with "i2c dev", u-bbot sends first the commandos for
1951 the muxes to activate this new "bus".
1952
1953 CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS must be also defined, to use this
1954 feature!
1955
1956 Example:
1957 Adding a new I2C Bus reached over 2 pca9544a muxes
1958 The First mux with address 70 and channel 6
1959 The Second mux with address 71 and channel 4
1960
1961 => i2c bus pca9544a:70:6:pca9544a:71:4
1962
1963 Use the "i2c bus" command without parameter, to get a list
1964 of I2C Busses with muxes:
1965
1966 => i2c bus
1967 Busses reached over muxes:
1968 Bus ID: 2
1969 reached over Mux(es):
1970 pca9544a@70 ch: 4
1971 Bus ID: 3
1972 reached over Mux(es):
1973 pca9544a@70 ch: 6
1974 pca9544a@71 ch: 4
1975 =>
1976
1977 If you now switch to the new I2C Bus 3 with "i2c dev 3"
Michael Jones9c5ef8d2011-07-14 22:09:28 +00001978 u-boot first sends the command to the mux@70 to enable
1979 channel 6, and then the command to the mux@71 to enable
Heiko Schocher6ee861b2008-10-15 09:39:47 +02001980 the channel 4.
1981
1982 After that, you can use the "normal" i2c commands as
Michael Jones9c5ef8d2011-07-14 22:09:28 +00001983 usual to communicate with your I2C devices behind
Heiko Schocher6ee861b2008-10-15 09:39:47 +02001984 the 2 muxes.
1985
1986 This option is actually implemented for the bitbanging
1987 algorithm in common/soft_i2c.c and for the Hardware I2C
1988 Bus on the MPC8260. But it should be not so difficult
1989 to add this option to other architectures.
1990
Andrew Dyer58c41f92008-12-29 17:36:01 -06001991 CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_READ_REPEATED_START
1992
1993 defining this will force the i2c_read() function in
1994 the soft_i2c driver to perform an I2C repeated start
1995 between writing the address pointer and reading the
1996 data. If this define is omitted the default behaviour
1997 of doing a stop-start sequence will be used. Most I2C
1998 devices can use either method, but some require one or
1999 the other.
Timur Tabiab347542006-11-03 19:15:00 -06002000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002001- SPI Support: CONFIG_SPI
2002
2003 Enables SPI driver (so far only tested with
2004 SPI EEPROM, also an instance works with Crystal A/D and
2005 D/As on the SACSng board)
2006
Yoshihiro Shimoda65bd9b42011-01-31 16:50:43 +09002007 CONFIG_SH_SPI
2008
2009 Enables the driver for SPI controller on SuperH. Currently
2010 only SH7757 is supported.
2011
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002012 CONFIG_SPI_X
2013
2014 Enables extended (16-bit) SPI EEPROM addressing.
2015 (symmetrical to CONFIG_I2C_X)
2016
2017 CONFIG_SOFT_SPI
2018
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002019 Enables a software (bit-bang) SPI driver rather than
2020 using hardware support. This is a general purpose
2021 driver that only requires three general I/O port pins
2022 (two outputs, one input) to function. If this is
2023 defined, the board configuration must define several
2024 SPI configuration items (port pins to use, etc). For
2025 an example, see include/configs/sacsng.h.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002026
Ben Warren7efe9272008-01-16 22:37:35 -05002027 CONFIG_HARD_SPI
2028
2029 Enables a hardware SPI driver for general-purpose reads
2030 and writes. As with CONFIG_SOFT_SPI, the board configuration
2031 must define a list of chip-select function pointers.
Wolfgang Denk092ae952011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002032 Currently supported on some MPC8xxx processors. For an
Ben Warren7efe9272008-01-16 22:37:35 -05002033 example, see include/configs/mpc8349emds.h.
2034
Guennadi Liakhovetski07327a52008-04-15 14:14:25 +02002035 CONFIG_MXC_SPI
2036
2037 Enables the driver for the SPI controllers on i.MX and MXC
Fabio Estevamdcd342c2011-10-28 08:57:46 +00002038 SoCs. Currently i.MX31/35/51 are supported.
Guennadi Liakhovetski07327a52008-04-15 14:14:25 +02002039
Matthias Fuchsa4400872007-12-27 17:12:34 +01002040- FPGA Support: CONFIG_FPGA
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002041
Matthias Fuchsa4400872007-12-27 17:12:34 +01002042 Enables FPGA subsystem.
2043
2044 CONFIG_FPGA_<vendor>
2045
2046 Enables support for specific chip vendors.
2047 (ALTERA, XILINX)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002048
Matthias Fuchsa4400872007-12-27 17:12:34 +01002049 CONFIG_FPGA_<family>
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002050
Matthias Fuchsa4400872007-12-27 17:12:34 +01002051 Enables support for FPGA family.
2052 (SPARTAN2, SPARTAN3, VIRTEX2, CYCLONE2, ACEX1K, ACEX)
2053
2054 CONFIG_FPGA_COUNT
2055
2056 Specify the number of FPGA devices to support.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002057
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002058 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_PROG_FEEDBACK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002059
wdenk57b2d802003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002060 Enable printing of hash marks during FPGA configuration.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002061
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002062 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_BUSY
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002063
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002064 Enable checks on FPGA configuration interface busy
2065 status by the configuration function. This option
2066 will require a board or device specific function to
2067 be written.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002068
2069 CONFIG_FPGA_DELAY
2070
2071 If defined, a function that provides delays in the FPGA
2072 configuration driver.
2073
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002074 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_CTRLC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002075 Allow Control-C to interrupt FPGA configuration
2076
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002077 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_ERROR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002078
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002079 Check for configuration errors during FPGA bitfile
2080 loading. For example, abort during Virtex II
2081 configuration if the INIT_B line goes low (which
2082 indicated a CRC error).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002083
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002084 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_INIT
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002085
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002086 Maximum time to wait for the INIT_B line to deassert
2087 after PROB_B has been deasserted during a Virtex II
2088 FPGA configuration sequence. The default time is 500
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002089 ms.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002090
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002091 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_BUSY
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002092
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002093 Maximum time to wait for BUSY to deassert during
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002094 Virtex II FPGA configuration. The default is 5 ms.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002095
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002096 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_CONFIG
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002097
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002098 Time to wait after FPGA configuration. The default is
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002099 200 ms.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002100
2101- Configuration Management:
2102 CONFIG_IDENT_STRING
2103
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002104 If defined, this string will be added to the U-Boot
2105 version information (U_BOOT_VERSION)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002106
2107- Vendor Parameter Protection:
2108
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002109 U-Boot considers the values of the environment
2110 variables "serial#" (Board Serial Number) and
wdenkeb20ad32003-09-05 23:19:14 +00002111 "ethaddr" (Ethernet Address) to be parameters that
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002112 are set once by the board vendor / manufacturer, and
2113 protects these variables from casual modification by
2114 the user. Once set, these variables are read-only,
2115 and write or delete attempts are rejected. You can
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002116 change this behaviour:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002117
2118 If CONFIG_ENV_OVERWRITE is #defined in your config
2119 file, the write protection for vendor parameters is
wdenkcc1e2562003-03-06 13:39:27 +00002120 completely disabled. Anybody can change or delete
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002121 these parameters.
2122
2123 Alternatively, if you #define _both_ CONFIG_ETHADDR
2124 _and_ CONFIG_OVERWRITE_ETHADDR_ONCE, a default
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002125 Ethernet address is installed in the environment,
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002126 which can be changed exactly ONCE by the user. [The
2127 serial# is unaffected by this, i. e. it remains
2128 read-only.]
2129
2130- Protected RAM:
2131 CONFIG_PRAM
2132
2133 Define this variable to enable the reservation of
2134 "protected RAM", i. e. RAM which is not overwritten
2135 by U-Boot. Define CONFIG_PRAM to hold the number of
2136 kB you want to reserve for pRAM. You can overwrite
2137 this default value by defining an environment
2138 variable "pram" to the number of kB you want to
2139 reserve. Note that the board info structure will
2140 still show the full amount of RAM. If pRAM is
2141 reserved, a new environment variable "mem" will
2142 automatically be defined to hold the amount of
2143 remaining RAM in a form that can be passed as boot
2144 argument to Linux, for instance like that:
2145
Wolfgang Denk86eb3b72005-11-20 21:40:11 +01002146 setenv bootargs ... mem=\${mem}
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002147 saveenv
2148
2149 This way you can tell Linux not to use this memory,
2150 either, which results in a memory region that will
2151 not be affected by reboots.
2152
2153 *WARNING* If your board configuration uses automatic
2154 detection of the RAM size, you must make sure that
2155 this memory test is non-destructive. So far, the
2156 following board configurations are known to be
2157 "pRAM-clean":
2158
2159 ETX094, IVMS8, IVML24, SPD8xx, TQM8xxL,
2160 HERMES, IP860, RPXlite, LWMON, LANTEC,
Wolfgang Denkcd4e42e2010-10-05 22:54:53 +02002161 FLAGADM, TQM8260
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002162
2163- Error Recovery:
2164 CONFIG_PANIC_HANG
2165
2166 Define this variable to stop the system in case of a
2167 fatal error, so that you have to reset it manually.
2168 This is probably NOT a good idea for an embedded
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002169 system where you want the system to reboot
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002170 automatically as fast as possible, but it may be
2171 useful during development since you can try to debug
2172 the conditions that lead to the situation.
2173
2174 CONFIG_NET_RETRY_COUNT
2175
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002176 This variable defines the number of retries for
2177 network operations like ARP, RARP, TFTP, or BOOTP
2178 before giving up the operation. If not defined, a
2179 default value of 5 is used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002180
Guennadi Liakhovetskib38c2b32008-04-03 17:04:19 +02002181 CONFIG_ARP_TIMEOUT
2182
2183 Timeout waiting for an ARP reply in milliseconds.
2184
Tetsuyuki Kobayashi147e3902012-07-03 22:25:21 +00002185 CONFIG_NFS_TIMEOUT
2186
2187 Timeout in milliseconds used in NFS protocol.
2188 If you encounter "ERROR: Cannot umount" in nfs command,
2189 try longer timeout such as
2190 #define CONFIG_NFS_TIMEOUT 10000UL
2191
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002192- Command Interpreter:
Wolfgang Denk81352ed2006-10-28 02:28:02 +02002193 CONFIG_AUTO_COMPLETE
wdenk3902d702004-04-15 18:22:41 +00002194
2195 Enable auto completion of commands using TAB.
2196
Wolfgang Denk018147d2006-11-27 15:32:42 +01002197 Note that this feature has NOT been implemented yet
2198 for the "hush" shell.
Wolfgang Denk81352ed2006-10-28 02:28:02 +02002199
2200
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002201 CONFIG_SYS_HUSH_PARSER
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002202
2203 Define this variable to enable the "hush" shell (from
2204 Busybox) as command line interpreter, thus enabling
2205 powerful command line syntax like
2206 if...then...else...fi conditionals or `&&' and '||'
2207 constructs ("shell scripts").
2208
2209 If undefined, you get the old, much simpler behaviour
2210 with a somewhat smaller memory footprint.
2211
2212
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002213 CONFIG_SYS_PROMPT_HUSH_PS2
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002214
2215 This defines the secondary prompt string, which is
2216 printed when the command interpreter needs more input
2217 to complete a command. Usually "> ".
2218
2219 Note:
2220
wdenk57b2d802003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002221 In the current implementation, the local variables
2222 space and global environment variables space are
2223 separated. Local variables are those you define by
2224 simply typing `name=value'. To access a local
2225 variable later on, you have write `$name' or
2226 `${name}'; to execute the contents of a variable
2227 directly type `$name' at the command prompt.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002228
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002229 Global environment variables are those you use
2230 setenv/printenv to work with. To run a command stored
2231 in such a variable, you need to use the run command,
2232 and you must not use the '$' sign to access them.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002233
2234 To store commands and special characters in a
2235 variable, please use double quotation marks
2236 surrounding the whole text of the variable, instead
2237 of the backslashes before semicolons and special
2238 symbols.
2239
Wolfgang Denk2039a072006-07-21 11:35:21 +02002240- Commandline Editing and History:
2241 CONFIG_CMDLINE_EDITING
2242
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002243 Enable editing and History functions for interactive
Wolfgang Denkc80857e2006-07-21 11:56:05 +02002244 commandline input operations
Wolfgang Denk2039a072006-07-21 11:35:21 +02002245
wdenkc0aa5c52003-12-06 19:49:23 +00002246- Default Environment:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002247 CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS
2248
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002249 Define this to contain any number of null terminated
2250 strings (variable = value pairs) that will be part of
wdenkeb20ad32003-09-05 23:19:14 +00002251 the default environment compiled into the boot image.
wdenk591dda52002-11-18 00:14:45 +00002252
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002253 For example, place something like this in your
2254 board's config file:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002255
2256 #define CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS \
2257 "myvar1=value1\0" \
2258 "myvar2=value2\0"
2259
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002260 Warning: This method is based on knowledge about the
2261 internal format how the environment is stored by the
2262 U-Boot code. This is NOT an official, exported
2263 interface! Although it is unlikely that this format
wdenkeb20ad32003-09-05 23:19:14 +00002264 will change soon, there is no guarantee either.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002265 You better know what you are doing here.
2266
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002267 Note: overly (ab)use of the default environment is
2268 discouraged. Make sure to check other ways to preset
Wolfgang Denk85c25df2009-04-01 23:34:12 +02002269 the environment like the "source" command or the
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002270 boot command first.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002271
Stephen Warren1465d5f2012-05-22 09:21:54 +00002272 CONFIG_ENV_VARS_UBOOT_CONFIG
2273
2274 Define this in order to add variables describing the
2275 U-Boot build configuration to the default environment.
2276 These will be named arch, cpu, board, vendor, and soc.
2277
2278 Enabling this option will cause the following to be defined:
2279
2280 - CONFIG_SYS_ARCH
2281 - CONFIG_SYS_CPU
2282 - CONFIG_SYS_BOARD
2283 - CONFIG_SYS_VENDOR
2284 - CONFIG_SYS_SOC
2285
wdenkc0aa5c52003-12-06 19:49:23 +00002286- DataFlash Support:
wdenk381669a2003-06-16 23:50:08 +00002287 CONFIG_HAS_DATAFLASH
2288
wdenk57b2d802003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002289 Defining this option enables DataFlash features and
2290 allows to read/write in Dataflash via the standard
2291 commands cp, md...
wdenk381669a2003-06-16 23:50:08 +00002292
Eric Nelson97f5f8f2012-01-31 10:52:08 -07002293- Serial Flash support
2294 CONFIG_CMD_SF
2295
2296 Defining this option enables SPI flash commands
2297 'sf probe/read/write/erase/update'.
2298
2299 Usage requires an initial 'probe' to define the serial
2300 flash parameters, followed by read/write/erase/update
2301 commands.
2302
2303 The following defaults may be provided by the platform
2304 to handle the common case when only a single serial
2305 flash is present on the system.
2306
2307 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_BUS Bus identifier
2308 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_CS Chip-select
2309 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_MODE (see include/spi.h)
2310 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_SPEED in Hz
2311
wdenkef893942004-02-23 16:11:30 +00002312- SystemACE Support:
2313 CONFIG_SYSTEMACE
2314
2315 Adding this option adds support for Xilinx SystemACE
2316 chips attached via some sort of local bus. The address
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002317 of the chip must also be defined in the
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002318 CONFIG_SYS_SYSTEMACE_BASE macro. For example:
wdenkef893942004-02-23 16:11:30 +00002319
2320 #define CONFIG_SYSTEMACE
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002321 #define CONFIG_SYS_SYSTEMACE_BASE 0xf0000000
wdenkef893942004-02-23 16:11:30 +00002322
2323 When SystemACE support is added, the "ace" device type
2324 becomes available to the fat commands, i.e. fatls.
2325
Wolfgang Denke3cfce52005-09-24 22:37:32 +02002326- TFTP Fixed UDP Port:
2327 CONFIG_TFTP_PORT
2328
Wolfgang Denk227b5192005-09-24 23:25:46 +02002329 If this is defined, the environment variable tftpsrcp
Wolfgang Denke3cfce52005-09-24 22:37:32 +02002330 is used to supply the TFTP UDP source port value.
Wolfgang Denk227b5192005-09-24 23:25:46 +02002331 If tftpsrcp isn't defined, the normal pseudo-random port
Wolfgang Denke3cfce52005-09-24 22:37:32 +02002332 number generator is used.
2333
Wolfgang Denk227b5192005-09-24 23:25:46 +02002334 Also, the environment variable tftpdstp is used to supply
2335 the TFTP UDP destination port value. If tftpdstp isn't
2336 defined, the normal port 69 is used.
2337
2338 The purpose for tftpsrcp is to allow a TFTP server to
Wolfgang Denke3cfce52005-09-24 22:37:32 +02002339 blindly start the TFTP transfer using the pre-configured
2340 target IP address and UDP port. This has the effect of
2341 "punching through" the (Windows XP) firewall, allowing
2342 the remainder of the TFTP transfer to proceed normally.
2343 A better solution is to properly configure the firewall,
2344 but sometimes that is not allowed.
2345
wdenkc0aa5c52003-12-06 19:49:23 +00002346- Show boot progress:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002347 CONFIG_SHOW_BOOT_PROGRESS
2348
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002349 Defining this option allows to add some board-
2350 specific code (calling a user-provided function
2351 "show_boot_progress(int)") that enables you to show
2352 the system's boot progress on some display (for
2353 example, some LED's) on your board. At the moment,
2354 the following checkpoints are implemented:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002355
Simon Glass31a870e2012-02-13 13:51:19 +00002356- Detailed boot stage timing
2357 CONFIG_BOOTSTAGE
2358 Define this option to get detailed timing of each stage
2359 of the boot process.
2360
2361 CONFIG_BOOTSTAGE_USER_COUNT
2362 This is the number of available user bootstage records.
2363 Each time you call bootstage_mark(BOOTSTAGE_ID_ALLOC, ...)
2364 a new ID will be allocated from this stash. If you exceed
2365 the limit, recording will stop.
2366
2367 CONFIG_BOOTSTAGE_REPORT
2368 Define this to print a report before boot, similar to this:
2369
2370 Timer summary in microseconds:
2371 Mark Elapsed Stage
2372 0 0 reset
2373 3,575,678 3,575,678 board_init_f start
2374 3,575,695 17 arch_cpu_init A9
2375 3,575,777 82 arch_cpu_init done
2376 3,659,598 83,821 board_init_r start
2377 3,910,375 250,777 main_loop
2378 29,916,167 26,005,792 bootm_start
2379 30,361,327 445,160 start_kernel
2380
Marian Balakowicz74eb4ae2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002381Legacy uImage format:
2382
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002383 Arg Where When
2384 1 common/cmd_bootm.c before attempting to boot an image
wdenk544e9732004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002385 -1 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has bad magic number
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002386 2 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has correct magic number
wdenk544e9732004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002387 -2 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has bad checksum
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002388 3 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has correct checksum
wdenk544e9732004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002389 -3 common/cmd_bootm.c Image data has bad checksum
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002390 4 common/cmd_bootm.c Image data has correct checksum
2391 -4 common/cmd_bootm.c Image is for unsupported architecture
2392 5 common/cmd_bootm.c Architecture check OK
Marian Balakowicz74eb4ae2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002393 -5 common/cmd_bootm.c Wrong Image Type (not kernel, multi)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002394 6 common/cmd_bootm.c Image Type check OK
2395 -6 common/cmd_bootm.c gunzip uncompression error
2396 -7 common/cmd_bootm.c Unimplemented compression type
2397 7 common/cmd_bootm.c Uncompression OK
Marian Balakowicz74eb4ae2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002398 8 common/cmd_bootm.c No uncompress/copy overwrite error
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002399 -9 common/cmd_bootm.c Unsupported OS (not Linux, BSD, VxWorks, QNX)
Marian Balakowicz74eb4ae2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002400
2401 9 common/image.c Start initial ramdisk verification
2402 -10 common/image.c Ramdisk header has bad magic number
2403 -11 common/image.c Ramdisk header has bad checksum
2404 10 common/image.c Ramdisk header is OK
2405 -12 common/image.c Ramdisk data has bad checksum
2406 11 common/image.c Ramdisk data has correct checksum
2407 12 common/image.c Ramdisk verification complete, start loading
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002408 -13 common/image.c Wrong Image Type (not PPC Linux ramdisk)
Marian Balakowicz74eb4ae2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002409 13 common/image.c Start multifile image verification
2410 14 common/image.c No initial ramdisk, no multifile, continue.
2411
Wolfgang Denk092ae952011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002412 15 arch/<arch>/lib/bootm.c All preparation done, transferring control to OS
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002413
Stefan Roese88fbf932010-04-15 16:07:28 +02002414 -30 arch/powerpc/lib/board.c Fatal error, hang the system
wdenkd729d302004-02-27 00:07:27 +00002415 -31 post/post.c POST test failed, detected by post_output_backlog()
2416 -32 post/post.c POST test failed, detected by post_run_single()
wdenke97d3d92004-02-23 22:22:28 +00002417
Heiko Schocher633e03a2007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002418 34 common/cmd_doc.c before loading a Image from a DOC device
2419 -35 common/cmd_doc.c Bad usage of "doc" command
2420 35 common/cmd_doc.c correct usage of "doc" command
2421 -36 common/cmd_doc.c No boot device
2422 36 common/cmd_doc.c correct boot device
2423 -37 common/cmd_doc.c Unknown Chip ID on boot device
2424 37 common/cmd_doc.c correct chip ID found, device available
2425 -38 common/cmd_doc.c Read Error on boot device
2426 38 common/cmd_doc.c reading Image header from DOC device OK
2427 -39 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has bad magic number
2428 39 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has correct magic number
2429 -40 common/cmd_doc.c Error reading Image from DOC device
2430 40 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has correct magic number
2431 41 common/cmd_ide.c before loading a Image from a IDE device
2432 -42 common/cmd_ide.c Bad usage of "ide" command
2433 42 common/cmd_ide.c correct usage of "ide" command
2434 -43 common/cmd_ide.c No boot device
2435 43 common/cmd_ide.c boot device found
2436 -44 common/cmd_ide.c Device not available
2437 44 common/cmd_ide.c Device available
2438 -45 common/cmd_ide.c wrong partition selected
2439 45 common/cmd_ide.c partition selected
2440 -46 common/cmd_ide.c Unknown partition table
2441 46 common/cmd_ide.c valid partition table found
2442 -47 common/cmd_ide.c Invalid partition type
2443 47 common/cmd_ide.c correct partition type
2444 -48 common/cmd_ide.c Error reading Image Header on boot device
2445 48 common/cmd_ide.c reading Image Header from IDE device OK
2446 -49 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has bad magic number
2447 49 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has correct magic number
2448 -50 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has bad checksum
2449 50 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has correct checksum
2450 -51 common/cmd_ide.c Error reading Image from IDE device
2451 51 common/cmd_ide.c reading Image from IDE device OK
2452 52 common/cmd_nand.c before loading a Image from a NAND device
2453 -53 common/cmd_nand.c Bad usage of "nand" command
2454 53 common/cmd_nand.c correct usage of "nand" command
2455 -54 common/cmd_nand.c No boot device
2456 54 common/cmd_nand.c boot device found
2457 -55 common/cmd_nand.c Unknown Chip ID on boot device
2458 55 common/cmd_nand.c correct chip ID found, device available
2459 -56 common/cmd_nand.c Error reading Image Header on boot device
2460 56 common/cmd_nand.c reading Image Header from NAND device OK
2461 -57 common/cmd_nand.c Image header has bad magic number
2462 57 common/cmd_nand.c Image header has correct magic number
2463 -58 common/cmd_nand.c Error reading Image from NAND device
2464 58 common/cmd_nand.c reading Image from NAND device OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002465
Heiko Schocher633e03a2007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002466 -60 common/env_common.c Environment has a bad CRC, using default
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002467
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002468 64 net/eth.c starting with Ethernet configuration.
Heiko Schocher633e03a2007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002469 -64 net/eth.c no Ethernet found.
2470 65 net/eth.c Ethernet found.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002471
Heiko Schocher633e03a2007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002472 -80 common/cmd_net.c usage wrong
2473 80 common/cmd_net.c before calling NetLoop()
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002474 -81 common/cmd_net.c some error in NetLoop() occurred
Heiko Schocher633e03a2007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002475 81 common/cmd_net.c NetLoop() back without error
2476 -82 common/cmd_net.c size == 0 (File with size 0 loaded)
2477 82 common/cmd_net.c trying automatic boot
Wolfgang Denk85c25df2009-04-01 23:34:12 +02002478 83 common/cmd_net.c running "source" command
2479 -83 common/cmd_net.c some error in automatic boot or "source" command
Heiko Schocher633e03a2007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002480 84 common/cmd_net.c end without errors
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002481
Marian Balakowicz74eb4ae2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002482FIT uImage format:
2483
2484 Arg Where When
2485 100 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel FIT Image has correct format
2486 -100 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel FIT Image has incorrect format
2487 101 common/cmd_bootm.c No Kernel subimage unit name, using configuration
2488 -101 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get configuration for kernel subimage
2489 102 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel unit name specified
2490 -103 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage node offset
Marian Balakowicz0cd4f3d2008-03-12 10:35:46 +01002491 103 common/cmd_bootm.c Found configuration node
Marian Balakowicz74eb4ae2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002492 104 common/cmd_bootm.c Got kernel subimage node offset
2493 -104 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage hash verification failed
2494 105 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage hash verification OK
2495 -105 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage is for unsupported architecture
2496 106 common/cmd_bootm.c Architecture check OK
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002497 -106 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage has wrong type
2498 107 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage type OK
Marian Balakowicz74eb4ae2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002499 -107 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage data/size
2500 108 common/cmd_bootm.c Got kernel subimage data/size
2501 -108 common/cmd_bootm.c Wrong image type (not legacy, FIT)
2502 -109 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage type
2503 -110 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage comp
2504 -111 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage os
2505 -112 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage load address
2506 -113 common/cmd_bootm.c Image uncompress/copy overwrite error
2507
2508 120 common/image.c Start initial ramdisk verification
2509 -120 common/image.c Ramdisk FIT image has incorrect format
2510 121 common/image.c Ramdisk FIT image has correct format
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002511 122 common/image.c No ramdisk subimage unit name, using configuration
Marian Balakowicz74eb4ae2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002512 -122 common/image.c Can't get configuration for ramdisk subimage
2513 123 common/image.c Ramdisk unit name specified
2514 -124 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk subimage node offset
2515 125 common/image.c Got ramdisk subimage node offset
2516 -125 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage hash verification failed
2517 126 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage hash verification OK
2518 -126 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage for unsupported architecture
2519 127 common/image.c Architecture check OK
2520 -127 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk subimage data/size
2521 128 common/image.c Got ramdisk subimage data/size
2522 129 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk load address
2523 -129 common/image.c Got ramdisk load address
2524
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002525 -130 common/cmd_doc.c Incorrect FIT image format
Marian Balakowicz74eb4ae2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002526 131 common/cmd_doc.c FIT image format OK
2527
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002528 -140 common/cmd_ide.c Incorrect FIT image format
Marian Balakowicz74eb4ae2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002529 141 common/cmd_ide.c FIT image format OK
2530
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002531 -150 common/cmd_nand.c Incorrect FIT image format
Marian Balakowicz74eb4ae2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002532 151 common/cmd_nand.c FIT image format OK
2533
Wolfgang Denkd590fb12011-10-07 09:58:21 +02002534- Standalone program support:
2535 CONFIG_STANDALONE_LOAD_ADDR
2536
Wolfgang Denk23f78482011-10-09 21:06:34 +02002537 This option defines a board specific value for the
2538 address where standalone program gets loaded, thus
2539 overwriting the architecture dependent default
Wolfgang Denkd590fb12011-10-07 09:58:21 +02002540 settings.
2541
2542- Frame Buffer Address:
2543 CONFIG_FB_ADDR
2544
2545 Define CONFIG_FB_ADDR if you want to use specific
2546 address for frame buffer.
2547 Then system will reserve the frame buffer address to
2548 defined address instead of lcd_setmem (this function
Wolfgang Denk23f78482011-10-09 21:06:34 +02002549 grabs the memory for frame buffer by panel's size).
Wolfgang Denkd590fb12011-10-07 09:58:21 +02002550
2551 Please see board_init_f function.
2552
Detlev Zundel0ecb6112009-12-01 17:16:19 +01002553- Automatic software updates via TFTP server
2554 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP
2555 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP_CNT_MAX
2556 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP_MSEC_MAX
2557
2558 These options enable and control the auto-update feature;
2559 for a more detailed description refer to doc/README.update.
2560
2561- MTD Support (mtdparts command, UBI support)
2562 CONFIG_MTD_DEVICE
2563
2564 Adds the MTD device infrastructure from the Linux kernel.
2565 Needed for mtdparts command support.
2566
2567 CONFIG_MTD_PARTITIONS
2568
2569 Adds the MTD partitioning infrastructure from the Linux
2570 kernel. Needed for UBI support.
2571
Daniel Schwierzeck39ca08e2011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002572- SPL framework
Wolfgang Denk825223d2011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002573 CONFIG_SPL
2574 Enable building of SPL globally.
Daniel Schwierzeck39ca08e2011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002575
Tom Rini36853852012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002576 CONFIG_SPL_LDSCRIPT
2577 LDSCRIPT for linking the SPL binary.
2578
2579 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE
2580 Maximum binary size (text, data and rodata) of the SPL binary.
2581
Wolfgang Denk825223d2011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002582 CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE
2583 TEXT_BASE for linking the SPL binary.
Daniel Schwierzeck39ca08e2011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002584
Tom Rini36853852012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002585 CONFIG_SPL_BSS_START_ADDR
2586 Link address for the BSS within the SPL binary.
2587
2588 CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE
2589 Maximum binary size of the BSS section of the SPL binary.
2590
2591 CONFIG_SPL_STACK
2592 Adress of the start of the stack SPL will use
2593
2594 CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC_START
2595 Starting address of the malloc pool used in SPL.
2596
2597 CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC_SIZE
2598 The size of the malloc pool used in SPL.
Daniel Schwierzeck39ca08e2011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002599
Tom Rini28591df2012-08-13 12:03:19 -07002600 CONFIG_SPL_FRAMEWORK
2601 Enable the SPL framework under common/. This framework
2602 supports MMC, NAND and YMODEM loading of U-Boot and NAND
2603 NAND loading of the Linux Kernel.
2604
Tom Rinife3b0c72012-08-13 11:37:56 -07002605 CONFIG_SPL_DISPLAY_PRINT
2606 For ARM, enable an optional function to print more information
2607 about the running system.
2608
Wolfgang Denk825223d2011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002609 CONFIG_SPL_LIBCOMMON_SUPPORT
2610 Support for common/libcommon.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck39ca08e2011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002611
Wolfgang Denk825223d2011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002612 CONFIG_SPL_LIBDISK_SUPPORT
2613 Support for disk/libdisk.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck39ca08e2011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002614
Wolfgang Denk825223d2011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002615 CONFIG_SPL_I2C_SUPPORT
2616 Support for drivers/i2c/libi2c.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck39ca08e2011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002617
Wolfgang Denk825223d2011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002618 CONFIG_SPL_GPIO_SUPPORT
2619 Support for drivers/gpio/libgpio.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck39ca08e2011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002620
Wolfgang Denk825223d2011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002621 CONFIG_SPL_MMC_SUPPORT
2622 Support for drivers/mmc/libmmc.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck39ca08e2011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002623
Tom Rini36853852012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002624 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_U_BOOT_SECTOR,
2625 CONFIG_SYS_U_BOOT_MAX_SIZE_SECTORS,
2626 CONFIG_SYS_MMC_SD_FAT_BOOT_PARTITION
2627 Address, size and partition on the MMC to load U-Boot from
2628 when the MMC is being used in raw mode.
2629
2630 CONFIG_SPL_FAT_SUPPORT
2631 Support for fs/fat/libfat.o in SPL binary
2632
2633 CONFIG_SPL_FAT_LOAD_PAYLOAD_NAME
2634 Filename to read to load U-Boot when reading from FAT
2635
2636 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_SIMPLE
2637 Support for drivers/mtd/nand/libnand.o in SPL binary
2638
2639 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_5_ADDR_CYCLE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_PAGE_COUNT,
2640 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_PAGE_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_OOBSIZE,
2641 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BLOCK_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BAD_BLOCK_POS,
2642 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCPOS, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCSIZE,
2643 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCBYTES
2644 Defines the size and behavior of the NAND that SPL uses
2645 to read U-Boot with CONFIG_SPL_NAND_SIMPLE
2646
2647 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_OFFS
2648 Location in NAND for CONFIG_SPL_NAND_SIMPLE to read U-Boot
2649 from.
2650
2651 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_START
2652 Location in memory for CONFIG_SPL_NAND_SIMPLE to load U-Boot
2653 to.
2654
2655 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_HW_ECC_OOBFIRST
2656 Define this if you need to first read the OOB and then the
2657 data. This is used for example on davinci plattforms.
2658
2659 CONFIG_SPL_OMAP3_ID_NAND
2660 Support for an OMAP3-specific set of functions to return the
2661 ID and MFR of the first attached NAND chip, if present.
2662
Wolfgang Denk825223d2011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002663 CONFIG_SPL_SERIAL_SUPPORT
2664 Support for drivers/serial/libserial.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck39ca08e2011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002665
Wolfgang Denk825223d2011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002666 CONFIG_SPL_SPI_FLASH_SUPPORT
2667 Support for drivers/mtd/spi/libspi_flash.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck39ca08e2011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002668
Wolfgang Denk825223d2011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002669 CONFIG_SPL_SPI_SUPPORT
2670 Support for drivers/spi/libspi.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck39ca08e2011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002671
Pavel Machekde997252012-08-30 22:42:11 +02002672 CONFIG_SPL_RAM_DEVICE
2673 Support for running image already present in ram, in SPL binary
2674
Wolfgang Denk825223d2011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002675 CONFIG_SPL_LIBGENERIC_SUPPORT
2676 Support for lib/libgeneric.o in SPL binary
Marian Balakowicz74eb4ae2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002677
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002678Modem Support:
2679--------------
2680
Wolfgang Denk8f399b32011-05-01 20:44:23 +02002681[so far only for SMDK2400 boards]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002682
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002683- Modem support enable:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002684 CONFIG_MODEM_SUPPORT
2685
2686- RTS/CTS Flow control enable:
2687 CONFIG_HWFLOW
2688
2689- Modem debug support:
2690 CONFIG_MODEM_SUPPORT_DEBUG
2691
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002692 Enables debugging stuff (char screen[1024], dbg())
2693 for modem support. Useful only with BDI2000.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002694
wdenkc0aa5c52003-12-06 19:49:23 +00002695- Interrupt support (PPC):
2696
wdenk1ebf41e2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00002697 There are common interrupt_init() and timer_interrupt()
2698 for all PPC archs. interrupt_init() calls interrupt_init_cpu()
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002699 for CPU specific initialization. interrupt_init_cpu()
wdenk1ebf41e2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00002700 should set decrementer_count to appropriate value. If
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002701 CPU resets decrementer automatically after interrupt
wdenk1ebf41e2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00002702 (ppc4xx) it should set decrementer_count to zero.
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002703 timer_interrupt() calls timer_interrupt_cpu() for CPU
wdenk1ebf41e2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00002704 specific handling. If board has watchdog / status_led
2705 / other_activity_monitor it works automatically from
2706 general timer_interrupt().
wdenkc0aa5c52003-12-06 19:49:23 +00002707
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002708- General:
2709
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002710 In the target system modem support is enabled when a
2711 specific key (key combination) is pressed during
2712 power-on. Otherwise U-Boot will boot normally
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002713 (autoboot). The key_pressed() function is called from
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002714 board_init(). Currently key_pressed() is a dummy
2715 function, returning 1 and thus enabling modem
2716 initialization.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002717
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002718 If there are no modem init strings in the
2719 environment, U-Boot proceed to autoboot; the
2720 previous output (banner, info printfs) will be
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002721 suppressed, though.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002722
2723 See also: doc/README.Modem
2724
Helmut Raigerd5a184b2011-10-20 04:19:47 +00002725Board initialization settings:
2726------------------------------
2727
2728During Initialization u-boot calls a number of board specific functions
2729to allow the preparation of board specific prerequisites, e.g. pin setup
2730before drivers are initialized. To enable these callbacks the
2731following configuration macros have to be defined. Currently this is
2732architecture specific, so please check arch/your_architecture/lib/board.c
2733typically in board_init_f() and board_init_r().
2734
2735- CONFIG_BOARD_EARLY_INIT_F: Call board_early_init_f()
2736- CONFIG_BOARD_EARLY_INIT_R: Call board_early_init_r()
2737- CONFIG_BOARD_LATE_INIT: Call board_late_init()
2738- CONFIG_BOARD_POSTCLK_INIT: Call board_postclk_init()
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002739
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002740Configuration Settings:
2741-----------------------
2742
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002743- CONFIG_SYS_LONGHELP: Defined when you want long help messages included;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002744 undefine this when you're short of memory.
2745
Peter Tyserdfb72b82009-01-27 18:03:12 -06002746- CONFIG_SYS_HELP_CMD_WIDTH: Defined when you want to override the default
2747 width of the commands listed in the 'help' command output.
2748
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002749- CONFIG_SYS_PROMPT: This is what U-Boot prints on the console to
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002750 prompt for user input.
2751
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002752- CONFIG_SYS_CBSIZE: Buffer size for input from the Console
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002753
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002754- CONFIG_SYS_PBSIZE: Buffer size for Console output
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002755
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002756- CONFIG_SYS_MAXARGS: max. Number of arguments accepted for monitor commands
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002757
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002758- CONFIG_SYS_BARGSIZE: Buffer size for Boot Arguments which are passed to
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002759 the application (usually a Linux kernel) when it is
2760 booted
2761
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002762- CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002763 List of legal baudrate settings for this board.
2764
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002765- CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_INFO_QUIET
wdenk57b2d802003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002766 Suppress display of console information at boot.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002767
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002768- CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_IS_IN_ENV
wdenk57b2d802003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002769 If the board specific function
2770 extern int overwrite_console (void);
2771 returns 1, the stdin, stderr and stdout are switched to the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002772 serial port, else the settings in the environment are used.
2773
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002774- CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_OVERWRITE_ROUTINE
wdenk57b2d802003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002775 Enable the call to overwrite_console().
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002776
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002777- CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_ENV_OVERWRITE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002778 Enable overwrite of previous console environment settings.
2779
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002780- CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_START, CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_END:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002781 Begin and End addresses of the area used by the
2782 simple memory test.
2783
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002784- CONFIG_SYS_ALT_MEMTEST:
wdenk57b2d802003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002785 Enable an alternate, more extensive memory test.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002786
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002787- CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_SCRATCH:
wdenk5958f4a2003-09-18 09:21:33 +00002788 Scratch address used by the alternate memory test
2789 You only need to set this if address zero isn't writeable
2790
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002791- CONFIG_SYS_MEM_TOP_HIDE (PPC only):
2792 If CONFIG_SYS_MEM_TOP_HIDE is defined in the board config header,
Stefan Roesea13709f2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01002793 this specified memory area will get subtracted from the top
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002794 (end) of RAM and won't get "touched" at all by U-Boot. By
Stefan Roesea13709f2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01002795 fixing up gd->ram_size the Linux kernel should gets passed
2796 the now "corrected" memory size and won't touch it either.
2797 This should work for arch/ppc and arch/powerpc. Only Linux
Stefan Roese37f31bf2008-03-28 11:02:53 +01002798 board ports in arch/powerpc with bootwrapper support that
Stefan Roesea13709f2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01002799 recalculate the memory size from the SDRAM controller setup
Stefan Roese37f31bf2008-03-28 11:02:53 +01002800 will have to get fixed in Linux additionally.
Stefan Roesea13709f2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01002801
2802 This option can be used as a workaround for the 440EPx/GRx
2803 CHIP 11 errata where the last 256 bytes in SDRAM shouldn't
2804 be touched.
2805
2806 WARNING: Please make sure that this value is a multiple of
2807 the Linux page size (normally 4k). If this is not the case,
2808 then the end address of the Linux memory will be located at a
2809 non page size aligned address and this could cause major
2810 problems.
2811
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002812- CONFIG_SYS_TFTP_LOADADDR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002813 Default load address for network file downloads
2814
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002815- CONFIG_SYS_LOADS_BAUD_CHANGE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002816 Enable temporary baudrate change while serial download
2817
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002818- CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002819 Physical start address of SDRAM. _Must_ be 0 here.
2820
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002821- CONFIG_SYS_MBIO_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002822 Physical start address of Motherboard I/O (if using a
2823 Cogent motherboard)
2824
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002825- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002826 Physical start address of Flash memory.
2827
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002828- CONFIG_SYS_MONITOR_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002829 Physical start address of boot monitor code (set by
2830 make config files to be same as the text base address
Wolfgang Denk0708bc62010-10-07 21:51:12 +02002831 (CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE) used when linking) - same as
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002832 CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE when booting from flash.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002833
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002834- CONFIG_SYS_MONITOR_LEN:
wdenk57b2d802003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002835 Size of memory reserved for monitor code, used to
2836 determine _at_compile_time_ (!) if the environment is
2837 embedded within the U-Boot image, or in a separate
2838 flash sector.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002839
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002840- CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002841 Size of DRAM reserved for malloc() use.
2842
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002843- CONFIG_SYS_BOOTM_LEN:
Stefan Roese5d5ce292006-03-13 11:16:36 +01002844 Normally compressed uImages are limited to an
2845 uncompressed size of 8 MBytes. If this is not enough,
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002846 you can define CONFIG_SYS_BOOTM_LEN in your board config file
Stefan Roese5d5ce292006-03-13 11:16:36 +01002847 to adjust this setting to your needs.
2848
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002849- CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002850 Maximum size of memory mapped by the startup code of
2851 the Linux kernel; all data that must be processed by
Bartlomiej Siekac5648c82008-04-14 15:44:16 +02002852 the Linux kernel (bd_info, boot arguments, FDT blob if
2853 used) must be put below this limit, unless "bootm_low"
2854 enviroment variable is defined and non-zero. In such case
2855 all data for the Linux kernel must be between "bootm_low"
Wolfgang Denk092ae952011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002856 and "bootm_low" + CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ. The environment
Grant Likely26396382011-03-28 09:58:43 +00002857 variable "bootm_mapsize" will override the value of
2858 CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ. If CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ is undefined,
2859 then the value in "bootm_size" will be used instead.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002860
John Rigbyeea8e692010-10-13 13:57:35 -06002861- CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_RAMDISK_HIGH:
2862 Enable initrd_high functionality. If defined then the
2863 initrd_high feature is enabled and the bootm ramdisk subcommand
2864 is enabled.
2865
2866- CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_GET_CMDLINE:
2867 Enables allocating and saving kernel cmdline in space between
2868 "bootm_low" and "bootm_low" + BOOTMAPSZ.
2869
2870- CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_GET_KBD:
2871 Enables allocating and saving a kernel copy of the bd_info in
2872 space between "bootm_low" and "bootm_low" + BOOTMAPSZ.
2873
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002874- CONFIG_SYS_MAX_FLASH_BANKS:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002875 Max number of Flash memory banks
2876
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002877- CONFIG_SYS_MAX_FLASH_SECT:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002878 Max number of sectors on a Flash chip
2879
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002880- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_ERASE_TOUT:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002881 Timeout for Flash erase operations (in ms)
2882
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002883- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_WRITE_TOUT:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002884 Timeout for Flash write operations (in ms)
2885
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002886- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_LOCK_TOUT
wdenkdccbda02003-07-14 22:13:32 +00002887 Timeout for Flash set sector lock bit operation (in ms)
2888
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002889- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_UNLOCK_TOUT
wdenkdccbda02003-07-14 22:13:32 +00002890 Timeout for Flash clear lock bits operation (in ms)
2891
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002892- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_PROTECTION
wdenkdccbda02003-07-14 22:13:32 +00002893 If defined, hardware flash sectors protection is used
2894 instead of U-Boot software protection.
2895
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002896- CONFIG_SYS_DIRECT_FLASH_TFTP:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002897
2898 Enable TFTP transfers directly to flash memory;
2899 without this option such a download has to be
2900 performed in two steps: (1) download to RAM, and (2)
2901 copy from RAM to flash.
2902
2903 The two-step approach is usually more reliable, since
2904 you can check if the download worked before you erase
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002905 the flash, but in some situations (when system RAM is
2906 too limited to allow for a temporary copy of the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002907 downloaded image) this option may be very useful.
2908
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002909- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_CFI:
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002910 Define if the flash driver uses extra elements in the
wdenk2cefd152004-02-08 22:55:38 +00002911 common flash structure for storing flash geometry.
2912
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD8d94c232008-08-13 01:40:42 +02002913- CONFIG_FLASH_CFI_DRIVER
wdenk2cefd152004-02-08 22:55:38 +00002914 This option also enables the building of the cfi_flash driver
2915 in the drivers directory
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002916
Piotr Ziecik3e939e92008-11-17 15:57:58 +01002917- CONFIG_FLASH_CFI_MTD
2918 This option enables the building of the cfi_mtd driver
2919 in the drivers directory. The driver exports CFI flash
2920 to the MTD layer.
2921
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002922- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_USE_BUFFER_WRITE
Guennadi Liakhovetski183284f2008-04-03 13:36:02 +02002923 Use buffered writes to flash.
2924
2925- CONFIG_FLASH_SPANSION_S29WS_N
2926 s29ws-n MirrorBit flash has non-standard addresses for buffered
2927 write commands.
2928
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002929- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_QUIET_TEST
Stefan Roesec443fe92005-11-22 13:20:42 +01002930 If this option is defined, the common CFI flash doesn't
2931 print it's warning upon not recognized FLASH banks. This
2932 is useful, if some of the configured banks are only
2933 optionally available.
2934
Jerry Van Barenaae73572008-03-08 13:48:01 -05002935- CONFIG_FLASH_SHOW_PROGRESS
2936 If defined (must be an integer), print out countdown
2937 digits and dots. Recommended value: 45 (9..1) for 80
2938 column displays, 15 (3..1) for 40 column displays.
2939
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002940- CONFIG_SYS_RX_ETH_BUFFER:
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002941 Defines the number of Ethernet receive buffers. On some
2942 Ethernet controllers it is recommended to set this value
stroese94ef1cf2003-06-05 15:39:44 +00002943 to 8 or even higher (EEPRO100 or 405 EMAC), since all
2944 buffers can be full shortly after enabling the interface
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002945 on high Ethernet traffic.
stroese94ef1cf2003-06-05 15:39:44 +00002946 Defaults to 4 if not defined.
2947
Wolfgang Denk460a9ff2010-06-20 23:33:59 +02002948- CONFIG_ENV_MAX_ENTRIES
2949
Wolfgang Denk1136f692010-10-27 22:48:30 +02002950 Maximum number of entries in the hash table that is used
2951 internally to store the environment settings. The default
2952 setting is supposed to be generous and should work in most
2953 cases. This setting can be used to tune behaviour; see
2954 lib/hashtable.c for details.
Wolfgang Denk460a9ff2010-06-20 23:33:59 +02002955
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002956The following definitions that deal with the placement and management
2957of environment data (variable area); in general, we support the
2958following configurations:
2959
Mike Frysinger63b8f122011-07-08 10:44:25 +00002960- CONFIG_BUILD_ENVCRC:
2961
2962 Builds up envcrc with the target environment so that external utils
2963 may easily extract it and embed it in final U-Boot images.
2964
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD53db4cd2008-09-10 22:48:04 +02002965- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_FLASH:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002966
2967 Define this if the environment is in flash memory.
2968
2969 a) The environment occupies one whole flash sector, which is
2970 "embedded" in the text segment with the U-Boot code. This
2971 happens usually with "bottom boot sector" or "top boot
2972 sector" type flash chips, which have several smaller
2973 sectors at the start or the end. For instance, such a
2974 layout can have sector sizes of 8, 2x4, 16, Nx32 kB. In
2975 such a case you would place the environment in one of the
2976 4 kB sectors - with U-Boot code before and after it. With
2977 "top boot sector" type flash chips, you would put the
2978 environment in one of the last sectors, leaving a gap
2979 between U-Boot and the environment.
2980
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD7e1cda62008-09-10 22:48:06 +02002981 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002982
2983 Offset of environment data (variable area) to the
2984 beginning of flash memory; for instance, with bottom boot
2985 type flash chips the second sector can be used: the offset
2986 for this sector is given here.
2987
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002988 CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET is used relative to CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002989
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD7e1cda62008-09-10 22:48:06 +02002990 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002991
2992 This is just another way to specify the start address of
2993 the flash sector containing the environment (instead of
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD7e1cda62008-09-10 22:48:06 +02002994 CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002995
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD7e1cda62008-09-10 22:48:06 +02002996 - CONFIG_ENV_SECT_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002997
2998 Size of the sector containing the environment.
2999
3000
3001 b) Sometimes flash chips have few, equal sized, BIG sectors.
3002 In such a case you don't want to spend a whole sector for
3003 the environment.
3004
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD7e1cda62008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003005 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003006
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD53db4cd2008-09-10 22:48:04 +02003007 If you use this in combination with CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_FLASH
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD7e1cda62008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003008 and CONFIG_ENV_SECT_SIZE, you can specify to use only a part
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003009 of this flash sector for the environment. This saves
3010 memory for the RAM copy of the environment.
3011
3012 It may also save flash memory if you decide to use this
3013 when your environment is "embedded" within U-Boot code,
3014 since then the remainder of the flash sector could be used
3015 for U-Boot code. It should be pointed out that this is
3016 STRONGLY DISCOURAGED from a robustness point of view:
3017 updating the environment in flash makes it always
3018 necessary to erase the WHOLE sector. If something goes
3019 wrong before the contents has been restored from a copy in
3020 RAM, your target system will be dead.
3021
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD7e1cda62008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003022 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR_REDUND
3023 CONFIG_ENV_SIZE_REDUND
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003024
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003025 These settings describe a second storage area used to hold
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003026 a redundant copy of the environment data, so that there is
wdenkb02744a2003-04-05 00:53:31 +00003027 a valid backup copy in case there is a power failure during
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003028 a "saveenv" operation.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003029
3030BE CAREFUL! Any changes to the flash layout, and some changes to the
3031source code will make it necessary to adapt <board>/u-boot.lds*
3032accordingly!
3033
3034
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARDfdb79c32008-09-10 22:47:59 +02003035- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_NVRAM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003036
3037 Define this if you have some non-volatile memory device
3038 (NVRAM, battery buffered SRAM) which you want to use for the
3039 environment.
3040
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD7e1cda62008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003041 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
3042 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003043
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003044 These two #defines are used to determine the memory area you
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003045 want to use for environment. It is assumed that this memory
3046 can just be read and written to, without any special
3047 provision.
3048
3049BE CAREFUL! The first access to the environment happens quite early
3050in U-Boot initalization (when we try to get the setting of for the
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003051console baudrate). You *MUST* have mapped your NVRAM area then, or
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003052U-Boot will hang.
3053
3054Please note that even with NVRAM we still use a copy of the
3055environment in RAM: we could work on NVRAM directly, but we want to
3056keep settings there always unmodified except somebody uses "saveenv"
3057to save the current settings.
3058
3059
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARDe46af642008-09-05 09:19:30 +02003060- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_EEPROM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003061
3062 Use this if you have an EEPROM or similar serial access
3063 device and a driver for it.
3064
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD7e1cda62008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003065 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
3066 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003067
3068 These two #defines specify the offset and size of the
3069 environment area within the total memory of your EEPROM.
3070
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003071 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003072 If defined, specified the chip address of the EEPROM device.
3073 The default address is zero.
3074
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003075 - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_PAGE_WRITE_BITS:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003076 If defined, the number of bits used to address bytes in a
3077 single page in the EEPROM device. A 64 byte page, for example
3078 would require six bits.
3079
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003080 - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_PAGE_WRITE_DELAY_MS:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003081 If defined, the number of milliseconds to delay between
wdenk544e9732004-02-06 23:19:44 +00003082 page writes. The default is zero milliseconds.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003083
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003084 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR_LEN:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003085 The length in bytes of the EEPROM memory array address. Note
3086 that this is NOT the chip address length!
3087
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003088 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR_OVERFLOW:
wdenk20c98a62004-04-23 20:32:05 +00003089 EEPROM chips that implement "address overflow" are ones
3090 like Catalyst 24WC04/08/16 which has 9/10/11 bits of
3091 address and the extra bits end up in the "chip address" bit
3092 slots. This makes a 24WC08 (1Kbyte) chip look like four 256
3093 byte chips.
3094
3095 Note that we consider the length of the address field to
3096 still be one byte because the extra address bits are hidden
3097 in the chip address.
3098
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003099 - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003100 The size in bytes of the EEPROM device.
3101
Heiko Schocher9bb0dd52010-01-07 08:55:40 +01003102 - CONFIG_ENV_EEPROM_IS_ON_I2C
3103 define this, if you have I2C and SPI activated, and your
3104 EEPROM, which holds the environment, is on the I2C bus.
3105
3106 - CONFIG_I2C_ENV_EEPROM_BUS
3107 if you have an Environment on an EEPROM reached over
3108 I2C muxes, you can define here, how to reach this
3109 EEPROM. For example:
3110
Wolfgang Denk16fa98a2010-06-13 17:48:15 +02003111 #define CONFIG_I2C_ENV_EEPROM_BUS "pca9547:70:d\0"
Heiko Schocher9bb0dd52010-01-07 08:55:40 +01003112
3113 EEPROM which holds the environment, is reached over
3114 a pca9547 i2c mux with address 0x70, channel 3.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003115
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD2b14d2b2008-09-10 22:47:58 +02003116- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_DATAFLASH:
wdenk86765902003-12-06 23:55:10 +00003117
wdenk1ebf41e2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00003118 Define this if you have a DataFlash memory device which you
wdenk86765902003-12-06 23:55:10 +00003119 want to use for the environment.
3120
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD7e1cda62008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003121 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
3122 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
3123 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenk86765902003-12-06 23:55:10 +00003124
3125 These three #defines specify the offset and size of the
3126 environment area within the total memory of your DataFlash placed
3127 at the specified address.
3128
Liu Gang85bcd732012-03-08 00:33:20 +00003129- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_REMOTE:
3130
3131 Define this if you have a remote memory space which you
3132 want to use for the local device's environment.
3133
3134 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
3135 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
3136
3137 These two #defines specify the address and size of the
3138 environment area within the remote memory space. The
3139 local device can get the environment from remote memory
Liu Gang357bf5a2012-08-09 05:10:01 +00003140 space by SRIO or PCIE links.
Liu Gang85bcd732012-03-08 00:33:20 +00003141
3142BE CAREFUL! For some special cases, the local device can not use
3143"saveenv" command. For example, the local device will get the
Liu Gang357bf5a2012-08-09 05:10:01 +00003144environment stored in a remote NOR flash by SRIO or PCIE link,
3145but it can not erase, write this NOR flash by SRIO or PCIE interface.
Liu Gang85bcd732012-03-08 00:33:20 +00003146
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARDdda84dd2008-09-10 22:47:58 +02003147- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_NAND:
wdenk79b59372004-06-09 14:58:14 +00003148
3149 Define this if you have a NAND device which you want to use
3150 for the environment.
3151
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD7e1cda62008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003152 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
3153 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenk79b59372004-06-09 14:58:14 +00003154
3155 These two #defines specify the offset and size of the environment
Scott Wood08239322010-09-17 14:38:37 -05003156 area within the first NAND device. CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET must be
3157 aligned to an erase block boundary.
wdenk86765902003-12-06 23:55:10 +00003158
Scott Wood08239322010-09-17 14:38:37 -05003159 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND (optional):
Markus Klotzbuecher5d113e02006-03-20 18:02:44 +01003160
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD7e1cda62008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003161 This setting describes a second storage area of CONFIG_ENV_SIZE
Scott Wood08239322010-09-17 14:38:37 -05003162 size used to hold a redundant copy of the environment data, so
3163 that there is a valid backup copy in case there is a power failure
Wolfgang Denk092ae952011-10-26 10:21:21 +00003164 during a "saveenv" operation. CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_RENDUND must be
Scott Wood08239322010-09-17 14:38:37 -05003165 aligned to an erase block boundary.
3166
3167 - CONFIG_ENV_RANGE (optional):
3168
3169 Specifies the length of the region in which the environment
3170 can be written. This should be a multiple of the NAND device's
3171 block size. Specifying a range with more erase blocks than
3172 are needed to hold CONFIG_ENV_SIZE allows bad blocks within
3173 the range to be avoided.
3174
3175 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_OOB (optional):
Markus Klotzbuecher5d113e02006-03-20 18:02:44 +01003176
Scott Wood08239322010-09-17 14:38:37 -05003177 Enables support for dynamically retrieving the offset of the
3178 environment from block zero's out-of-band data. The
3179 "nand env.oob" command can be used to record this offset.
3180 Currently, CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND is not supported when
3181 using CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_OOB.
Markus Klotzbuecher5d113e02006-03-20 18:02:44 +01003182
Guennadi Liakhovetskifad24442009-05-18 16:07:22 +02003183- CONFIG_NAND_ENV_DST
3184
3185 Defines address in RAM to which the nand_spl code should copy the
3186 environment. If redundant environment is used, it will be copied to
3187 CONFIG_NAND_ENV_DST + CONFIG_ENV_SIZE.
3188
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003189- CONFIG_SYS_SPI_INIT_OFFSET
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003190
3191 Defines offset to the initial SPI buffer area in DPRAM. The
3192 area is used at an early stage (ROM part) if the environment
3193 is configured to reside in the SPI EEPROM: We need a 520 byte
3194 scratch DPRAM area. It is used between the two initialization
3195 calls (spi_init_f() and spi_init_r()). A value of 0xB00 seems
3196 to be a good choice since it makes it far enough from the
3197 start of the data area as well as from the stack pointer.
3198
Bruce Adleredecc942007-11-02 13:15:42 -07003199Please note that the environment is read-only until the monitor
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003200has been relocated to RAM and a RAM copy of the environment has been
Wolfgang Denk76af2782010-07-24 21:55:43 +02003201created; also, when using EEPROM you will have to use getenv_f()
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003202until then to read environment variables.
3203
wdenk8dba0502003-03-31 16:34:49 +00003204The environment is protected by a CRC32 checksum. Before the monitor
3205is relocated into RAM, as a result of a bad CRC you will be working
3206with the compiled-in default environment - *silently*!!! [This is
3207necessary, because the first environment variable we need is the
3208"baudrate" setting for the console - if we have a bad CRC, we don't
3209have any device yet where we could complain.]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003210
3211Note: once the monitor has been relocated, then it will complain if
3212the default environment is used; a new CRC is computed as soon as you
wdenk8dba0502003-03-31 16:34:49 +00003213use the "saveenv" command to store a valid environment.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003214
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003215- CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_ECHO_LINK_DOWN:
wdenk9c53f402003-10-15 23:53:47 +00003216 Echo the inverted Ethernet link state to the fault LED.
wdenk49c3f672003-10-08 22:33:00 +00003217
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003218 Note: If this option is active, then CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_MII_ADDR
wdenk49c3f672003-10-08 22:33:00 +00003219 also needs to be defined.
3220
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003221- CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_MII_ADDR:
wdenk9c53f402003-10-15 23:53:47 +00003222 MII address of the PHY to check for the Ethernet link state.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003223
Ron Madriddfa028a2009-02-18 14:30:44 -08003224- CONFIG_NS16550_MIN_FUNCTIONS:
3225 Define this if you desire to only have use of the NS16550_init
3226 and NS16550_putc functions for the serial driver located at
3227 drivers/serial/ns16550.c. This option is useful for saving
3228 space for already greatly restricted images, including but not
3229 limited to NAND_SPL configurations.
3230
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003231Low Level (hardware related) configuration options:
wdenkc8434db2003-03-26 06:55:25 +00003232---------------------------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003233
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003234- CONFIG_SYS_CACHELINE_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003235 Cache Line Size of the CPU.
3236
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003237- CONFIG_SYS_DEFAULT_IMMR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003238 Default address of the IMMR after system reset.
wdenk2bb11052003-07-17 23:16:40 +00003239
wdenk9c53f402003-10-15 23:53:47 +00003240 Needed on some 8260 systems (MPC8260ADS, PQ2FADS-ZU,
3241 and RPXsuper) to be able to adjust the position of
3242 the IMMR register after a reset.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003243
Timur Tabid8f341c2011-08-04 18:03:41 -05003244- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT:
3245 Default (power-on reset) physical address of CCSR on Freescale
3246 PowerPC SOCs.
3247
3248- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR:
3249 Virtual address of CCSR. On a 32-bit build, this is typically
3250 the same value as CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT.
3251
3252 CONFIG_SYS_DEFAULT_IMMR must also be set to this value,
3253 for cross-platform code that uses that macro instead.
3254
3255- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS:
3256 Physical address of CCSR. CCSR can be relocated to a new
3257 physical address, if desired. In this case, this macro should
Wolfgang Denk092ae952011-10-26 10:21:21 +00003258 be set to that address. Otherwise, it should be set to the
Timur Tabid8f341c2011-08-04 18:03:41 -05003259 same value as CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT. For example, CCSR
3260 is typically relocated on 36-bit builds. It is recommended
3261 that this macro be defined via the _HIGH and _LOW macros:
3262
3263 #define CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS ((CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_HIGH
3264 * 1ull) << 32 | CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_LOW)
3265
3266- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_HIGH:
Wolfgang Denkd590fb12011-10-07 09:58:21 +02003267 Bits 33-36 of CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS. This value is typically
3268 either 0 (32-bit build) or 0xF (36-bit build). This macro is
Timur Tabid8f341c2011-08-04 18:03:41 -05003269 used in assembly code, so it must not contain typecasts or
3270 integer size suffixes (e.g. "ULL").
3271
3272- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_LOW:
3273 Lower 32-bits of CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS. This macro is
3274 used in assembly code, so it must not contain typecasts or
3275 integer size suffixes (e.g. "ULL").
3276
3277- CONFIG_SYS_CCSR_DO_NOT_RELOCATE:
3278 If this macro is defined, then CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS will be
3279 forced to a value that ensures that CCSR is not relocated.
3280
wdenk1272e232002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003281- Floppy Disk Support:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003282 CONFIG_SYS_FDC_DRIVE_NUMBER
wdenk1272e232002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003283
3284 the default drive number (default value 0)
3285
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003286 CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_STRIDE
wdenk1272e232002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003287
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003288 defines the spacing between FDC chipset registers
wdenk1272e232002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003289 (default value 1)
3290
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003291 CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_OFFSET
wdenk1272e232002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003292
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003293 defines the offset of register from address. It
3294 depends on which part of the data bus is connected to
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003295 the FDC chipset. (default value 0)
wdenk1272e232002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003296
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003297 If CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_STRIDE CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_OFFSET and
3298 CONFIG_SYS_FDC_DRIVE_NUMBER are undefined, they take their
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003299 default value.
wdenk1272e232002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003300
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003301 if CONFIG_SYS_FDC_HW_INIT is defined, then the function
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003302 fdc_hw_init() is called at the beginning of the FDC
3303 setup. fdc_hw_init() must be provided by the board
3304 source code. It is used to make hardware dependant
3305 initializations.
wdenk1272e232002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003306
Macpaul Lind1e49942011-04-11 20:45:32 +00003307- CONFIG_IDE_AHB:
3308 Most IDE controllers were designed to be connected with PCI
3309 interface. Only few of them were designed for AHB interface.
3310 When software is doing ATA command and data transfer to
3311 IDE devices through IDE-AHB controller, some additional
3312 registers accessing to these kind of IDE-AHB controller
3313 is requierd.
3314
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003315- CONFIG_SYS_IMMR: Physical address of the Internal Memory.
wdenk07d7e6b2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00003316 DO NOT CHANGE unless you know exactly what you're
wdenkb3a4a702004-12-10 11:40:40 +00003317 doing! (11-4) [MPC8xx/82xx systems only]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003318
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003319- CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003320
wdenkeb20ad32003-09-05 23:19:14 +00003321 Start address of memory area that can be used for
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003322 initial data and stack; please note that this must be
3323 writable memory that is working WITHOUT special
3324 initialization, i. e. you CANNOT use normal RAM which
3325 will become available only after programming the
3326 memory controller and running certain initialization
3327 sequences.
3328
3329 U-Boot uses the following memory types:
3330 - MPC8xx and MPC8260: IMMR (internal memory of the CPU)
3331 - MPC824X: data cache
3332 - PPC4xx: data cache
3333
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003334- CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003335
3336 Offset of the initial data structure in the memory
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003337 area defined by CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR. Usually
3338 CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET is chosen such that the initial
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003339 data is located at the end of the available space
Wolfgang Denk1c2e98e2010-10-26 13:32:32 +02003340 (sometimes written as (CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE -
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003341 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_DATA_SIZE), and the initial stack is just
3342 below that area (growing from (CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR +
3343 CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET) downward.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003344
3345 Note:
3346 On the MPC824X (or other systems that use the data
3347 cache for initial memory) the address chosen for
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003348 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR is basically arbitrary - it must
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003349 point to an otherwise UNUSED address space between
3350 the top of RAM and the start of the PCI space.
3351
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003352- CONFIG_SYS_SIUMCR: SIU Module Configuration (11-6)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003353
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003354- CONFIG_SYS_SYPCR: System Protection Control (11-9)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003355
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003356- CONFIG_SYS_TBSCR: Time Base Status and Control (11-26)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003357
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003358- CONFIG_SYS_PISCR: Periodic Interrupt Status and Control (11-31)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003359
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003360- CONFIG_SYS_PLPRCR: PLL, Low-Power, and Reset Control Register (15-30)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003361
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003362- CONFIG_SYS_SCCR: System Clock and reset Control Register (15-27)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003363
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003364- CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_SDRAM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003365 SDRAM timing
3366
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003367- CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_PTA:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003368 periodic timer for refresh
3369
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003370- CONFIG_SYS_DER: Debug Event Register (37-47)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003371
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003372- FLASH_BASE0_PRELIM, FLASH_BASE1_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_REMAP_OR_AM,
3373 CONFIG_SYS_PRELIM_OR_AM, CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_FLASH, CONFIG_SYS_OR0_REMAP,
3374 CONFIG_SYS_OR0_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR0_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_OR1_REMAP, CONFIG_SYS_OR1_PRELIM,
3375 CONFIG_SYS_BR1_PRELIM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003376 Memory Controller Definitions: BR0/1 and OR0/1 (FLASH)
3377
3378- SDRAM_BASE2_PRELIM, SDRAM_BASE3_PRELIM, SDRAM_MAX_SIZE,
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003379 CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_SDRAM, CONFIG_SYS_OR2_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR2_PRELIM,
3380 CONFIG_SYS_OR3_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR3_PRELIM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003381 Memory Controller Definitions: BR2/3 and OR2/3 (SDRAM)
3382
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003383- CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_PTA, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_2BK_4K, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_1BK_4K, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_2BK_8K,
3384 CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_1BK_8K, CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_8COL, CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_9COL:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003385 Machine Mode Register and Memory Periodic Timer
3386 Prescaler definitions (SDRAM timing)
3387
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003388- CONFIG_SYS_I2C_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003389 enable I2C microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx);
3390 define relocation offset in DPRAM [DSP2]
3391
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003392- CONFIG_SYS_SMC_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_SMC_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]:
Heiko Schocherc8148ed2008-01-11 01:12:07 +01003393 enable SMC microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx);
3394 define relocation offset in DPRAM [SMC1]
3395
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003396- CONFIG_SYS_SPI_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_SPI_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003397 enable SPI microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx);
3398 define relocation offset in DPRAM [SCC4]
3399
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003400- CONFIG_SYS_USE_OSCCLK:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003401 Use OSCM clock mode on MBX8xx board. Be careful,
3402 wrong setting might damage your board. Read
3403 doc/README.MBX before setting this variable!
3404
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003405- CONFIG_SYS_CPM_POST_WORD_ADDR: (MPC8xx, MPC8260 only)
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003406 Offset of the bootmode word in DPRAM used by post
3407 (Power On Self Tests). This definition overrides
3408 #define'd default value in commproc.h resp.
3409 cpm_8260.h.
wdenk2029f4d2002-11-21 23:11:29 +00003410
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003411- CONFIG_SYS_PCI_SLV_MEM_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_SLV_MEM_BUS, CONFIG_SYS_PICMR0_MASK_ATTRIB,
3412 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR0_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCIMSK0_MASK, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR1_LOCAL,
3413 CONFIG_SYS_PCIMSK1_MASK, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_BUS,
3414 CONFIG_SYS_CPU_PCI_MEM_START, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_POCMR0_MASK_ATTRIB,
3415 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_BUS, CPU_PCI_MEMIO_START,
3416 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_POCMR1_MASK_ATTRIB, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_LOCAL,
3417 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_BUS, CONFIG_SYS_CPU_PCI_IO_START, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_SIZE,
3418 CONFIG_SYS_POCMR2_MASK_ATTRIB: (MPC826x only)
Stefan Roese88fbf932010-04-15 16:07:28 +02003419 Overrides the default PCI memory map in arch/powerpc/cpu/mpc8260/pci.c if set.
wdenkbf2f8c92003-05-22 22:52:13 +00003420
Dirk Eibach378d1ca2009-02-09 08:18:34 +01003421- CONFIG_PCI_DISABLE_PCIE:
3422 Disable PCI-Express on systems where it is supported but not
3423 required.
3424
Andrew Sharp61d47ca2012-08-29 14:16:32 +00003425- CONFIG_PCI_ENUM_ONLY
3426 Only scan through and get the devices on the busses.
3427 Don't do any setup work, presumably because someone or
3428 something has already done it, and we don't need to do it
3429 a second time. Useful for platforms that are pre-booted
3430 by coreboot or similar.
3431
Kumar Gala8975d7a2010-12-30 12:09:53 -06003432- CONFIG_SYS_SRIO:
3433 Chip has SRIO or not
3434
3435- CONFIG_SRIO1:
3436 Board has SRIO 1 port available
3437
3438- CONFIG_SRIO2:
3439 Board has SRIO 2 port available
3440
3441- CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_VIRT:
3442 Virtual Address of SRIO port 'n' memory region
3443
3444- CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_PHYS:
3445 Physical Address of SRIO port 'n' memory region
3446
3447- CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_SIZE:
3448 Size of SRIO port 'n' memory region
3449
Alex Watermancd6aae32011-05-19 15:08:36 -04003450- CONFIG_SYS_NDFC_16
3451 Defined to tell the NDFC that the NAND chip is using a
3452 16 bit bus.
3453
3454- CONFIG_SYS_NDFC_EBC0_CFG
3455 Sets the EBC0_CFG register for the NDFC. If not defined
3456 a default value will be used.
3457
Ben Warren45657152006-09-07 16:50:54 -04003458- CONFIG_SPD_EEPROM
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003459 Get DDR timing information from an I2C EEPROM. Common
3460 with pluggable memory modules such as SODIMMs
3461
Ben Warren45657152006-09-07 16:50:54 -04003462 SPD_EEPROM_ADDRESS
3463 I2C address of the SPD EEPROM
3464
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003465- CONFIG_SYS_SPD_BUS_NUM
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003466 If SPD EEPROM is on an I2C bus other than the first
3467 one, specify here. Note that the value must resolve
3468 to something your driver can deal with.
Ben Warren45657152006-09-07 16:50:54 -04003469
York Sune73cc042011-06-07 09:42:16 +08003470- CONFIG_SYS_DDR_RAW_TIMING
3471 Get DDR timing information from other than SPD. Common with
3472 soldered DDR chips onboard without SPD. DDR raw timing
3473 parameters are extracted from datasheet and hard-coded into
3474 header files or board specific files.
3475
York Sunbd495cf2011-09-16 13:21:35 -07003476- CONFIG_FSL_DDR_INTERACTIVE
3477 Enable interactive DDR debugging. See doc/README.fsl-ddr.
3478
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003479- CONFIG_SYS_83XX_DDR_USES_CS0
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003480 Only for 83xx systems. If specified, then DDR should
3481 be configured using CS0 and CS1 instead of CS2 and CS3.
Timur Tabi054838e2006-10-31 18:44:42 -06003482
wdenk6203e402004-04-18 10:13:26 +00003483- CONFIG_ETHER_ON_FEC[12]
3484 Define to enable FEC[12] on a 8xx series processor.
3485
3486- CONFIG_FEC[12]_PHY
3487 Define to the hardcoded PHY address which corresponds
wdenk05939202004-04-18 17:39:38 +00003488 to the given FEC; i. e.
3489 #define CONFIG_FEC1_PHY 4
wdenk6203e402004-04-18 10:13:26 +00003490 means that the PHY with address 4 is connected to FEC1
3491
3492 When set to -1, means to probe for first available.
3493
3494- CONFIG_FEC[12]_PHY_NORXERR
3495 The PHY does not have a RXERR line (RMII only).
3496 (so program the FEC to ignore it).
3497
3498- CONFIG_RMII
3499 Enable RMII mode for all FECs.
3500 Note that this is a global option, we can't
3501 have one FEC in standard MII mode and another in RMII mode.
3502
wdenk20c98a62004-04-23 20:32:05 +00003503- CONFIG_CRC32_VERIFY
3504 Add a verify option to the crc32 command.
3505 The syntax is:
3506
3507 => crc32 -v <address> <count> <crc32>
3508
3509 Where address/count indicate a memory area
3510 and crc32 is the correct crc32 which the
3511 area should have.
3512
wdenk64519362004-07-11 17:40:54 +00003513- CONFIG_LOOPW
3514 Add the "loopw" memory command. This only takes effect if
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -05003515 the memory commands are activated globally (CONFIG_CMD_MEM).
wdenk64519362004-07-11 17:40:54 +00003516
stroesecc3af832004-12-16 18:46:55 +00003517- CONFIG_MX_CYCLIC
3518 Add the "mdc" and "mwc" memory commands. These are cyclic
3519 "md/mw" commands.
3520 Examples:
3521
wdenk07d7e6b2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00003522 => mdc.b 10 4 500
stroesecc3af832004-12-16 18:46:55 +00003523 This command will print 4 bytes (10,11,12,13) each 500 ms.
3524
wdenk07d7e6b2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00003525 => mwc.l 100 12345678 10
stroesecc3af832004-12-16 18:46:55 +00003526 This command will write 12345678 to address 100 all 10 ms.
3527
wdenk07d7e6b2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00003528 This only takes effect if the memory commands are activated
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -05003529 globally (CONFIG_CMD_MEM).
stroesecc3af832004-12-16 18:46:55 +00003530
wdenk3d3d99f2005-04-04 12:44:11 +00003531- CONFIG_SKIP_LOWLEVEL_INIT
Macpaul Lin1cac36e2011-10-19 20:41:11 +00003532 [ARM, NDS32, MIPS only] If this variable is defined, then certain
Wolfgang Denk302141d2010-11-27 23:30:56 +01003533 low level initializations (like setting up the memory
3534 controller) are omitted and/or U-Boot does not
3535 relocate itself into RAM.
wdenk3d3d99f2005-04-04 12:44:11 +00003536
Wolfgang Denk302141d2010-11-27 23:30:56 +01003537 Normally this variable MUST NOT be defined. The only
3538 exception is when U-Boot is loaded (to RAM) by some
3539 other boot loader or by a debugger which performs
3540 these initializations itself.
wdenk3d3d99f2005-04-04 12:44:11 +00003541
Aneesh V552a3192011-07-13 05:11:07 +00003542- CONFIG_SPL_BUILD
Magnus Lilja1ec96d82009-06-13 20:50:00 +02003543 Modifies the behaviour of start.S when compiling a loader
3544 that is executed before the actual U-Boot. E.g. when
3545 compiling a NAND SPL.
wdenk336b2bc2005-04-02 23:52:25 +00003546
Matthias Weisser93416c12011-03-10 21:36:32 +00003547- CONFIG_USE_ARCH_MEMCPY
3548 CONFIG_USE_ARCH_MEMSET
3549 If these options are used a optimized version of memcpy/memset will
3550 be used if available. These functions may be faster under some
3551 conditions but may increase the binary size.
3552
Timur Tabi275f4bb2011-11-22 09:21:25 -06003553Freescale QE/FMAN Firmware Support:
3554-----------------------------------
3555
3556The Freescale QUICCEngine (QE) and Frame Manager (FMAN) both support the
3557loading of "firmware", which is encoded in the QE firmware binary format.
3558This firmware often needs to be loaded during U-Boot booting, so macros
3559are used to identify the storage device (NOR flash, SPI, etc) and the address
3560within that device.
3561
3562- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_ADDR
3563 The address in the storage device where the firmware is located. The
3564 meaning of this address depends on which CONFIG_SYS_QE_FW_IN_xxx macro
3565 is also specified.
3566
3567- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_LENGTH
3568 The maximum possible size of the firmware. The firmware binary format
3569 has a field that specifies the actual size of the firmware, but it
3570 might not be possible to read any part of the firmware unless some
3571 local storage is allocated to hold the entire firmware first.
3572
3573- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_NOR
3574 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in NOR flash, mapped as
3575 normal addressable memory via the LBC. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the
3576 virtual address in NOR flash.
3577
3578- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_NAND
3579 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in NAND flash.
3580 CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the offset within NAND flash.
3581
3582- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_MMC
3583 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located on the primary SD/MMC
3584 device. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the byte offset on that device.
3585
3586- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_SPIFLASH
3587 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located on the primary SPI
3588 device. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the byte offset on that device.
3589
Liu Gang1e084582012-03-08 00:33:18 +00003590- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_REMOTE
3591 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in the remote (master)
3592 memory space. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is a virtual address which
Liu Gang357bf5a2012-08-09 05:10:01 +00003593 can be mapped from slave TLB->slave LAW->slave SRIO or PCIE outbound
3594 window->master inbound window->master LAW->the ucode address in
3595 master's memory space.
Timur Tabi275f4bb2011-11-22 09:21:25 -06003596
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003597Building the Software:
3598======================
3599
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003600Building U-Boot has been tested in several native build environments
3601and in many different cross environments. Of course we cannot support
3602all possibly existing versions of cross development tools in all
3603(potentially obsolete) versions. In case of tool chain problems we
3604recommend to use the ELDK (see http://www.denx.de/wiki/DULG/ELDK)
3605which is extensively used to build and test U-Boot.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003606
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003607If you are not using a native environment, it is assumed that you
3608have GNU cross compiling tools available in your path. In this case,
3609you must set the environment variable CROSS_COMPILE in your shell.
3610Note that no changes to the Makefile or any other source files are
3611necessary. For example using the ELDK on a 4xx CPU, please enter:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003612
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003613 $ CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_4xx-
3614 $ export CROSS_COMPILE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003615
Peter Tyserb06976d2009-03-13 18:54:51 -05003616Note: If you wish to generate Windows versions of the utilities in
3617 the tools directory you can use the MinGW toolchain
3618 (http://www.mingw.org). Set your HOST tools to the MinGW
3619 toolchain and execute 'make tools'. For example:
3620
3621 $ make HOSTCC=i586-mingw32msvc-gcc HOSTSTRIP=i586-mingw32msvc-strip tools
3622
3623 Binaries such as tools/mkimage.exe will be created which can
3624 be executed on computers running Windows.
3625
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003626U-Boot is intended to be simple to build. After installing the
3627sources you must configure U-Boot for one specific board type. This
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003628is done by typing:
3629
3630 make NAME_config
3631
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003632where "NAME_config" is the name of one of the existing configu-
Michael Jones5a7fb6f2012-03-15 22:48:10 +00003633rations; see boards.cfg for supported names.
wdenk2f0812d2003-10-08 22:45:44 +00003634
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003635Note: for some board special configuration names may exist; check if
3636 additional information is available from the board vendor; for
3637 instance, the TQM823L systems are available without (standard)
3638 or with LCD support. You can select such additional "features"
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003639 when choosing the configuration, i. e.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003640
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003641 make TQM823L_config
3642 - will configure for a plain TQM823L, i. e. no LCD support
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003643
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003644 make TQM823L_LCD_config
3645 - will configure for a TQM823L with U-Boot console on LCD
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003646
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003647 etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003648
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003649
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003650Finally, type "make all", and you should get some working U-Boot
3651images ready for download to / installation on your system:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003652
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003653- "u-boot.bin" is a raw binary image
3654- "u-boot" is an image in ELF binary format
3655- "u-boot.srec" is in Motorola S-Record format
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003656
Marian Balakowiczefe063f2006-09-07 17:25:40 +02003657By default the build is performed locally and the objects are saved
3658in the source directory. One of the two methods can be used to change
3659this behavior and build U-Boot to some external directory:
3660
36611. Add O= to the make command line invocations:
3662
3663 make O=/tmp/build distclean
3664 make O=/tmp/build NAME_config
3665 make O=/tmp/build all
3666
36672. Set environment variable BUILD_DIR to point to the desired location:
3668
3669 export BUILD_DIR=/tmp/build
3670 make distclean
3671 make NAME_config
3672 make all
3673
3674Note that the command line "O=" setting overrides the BUILD_DIR environment
3675variable.
3676
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003677
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003678Please be aware that the Makefiles assume you are using GNU make, so
3679for instance on NetBSD you might need to use "gmake" instead of
3680native "make".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003681
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003682
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003683If the system board that you have is not listed, then you will need
3684to port U-Boot to your hardware platform. To do this, follow these
3685steps:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003686
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +000036871. Add a new configuration option for your board to the toplevel
Michael Jones5a7fb6f2012-03-15 22:48:10 +00003688 "boards.cfg" file, using the existing entries as examples.
3689 Follow the instructions there to keep the boards in order.
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +000036902. Create a new directory to hold your board specific code. Add any
3691 files you need. In your board directory, you will need at least
3692 the "Makefile", a "<board>.c", "flash.c" and "u-boot.lds".
36933. Create a new configuration file "include/configs/<board>.h" for
3694 your board
36953. If you're porting U-Boot to a new CPU, then also create a new
3696 directory to hold your CPU specific code. Add any files you need.
36974. Run "make <board>_config" with your new name.
36985. Type "make", and you should get a working "u-boot.srec" file
3699 to be installed on your target system.
37006. Debug and solve any problems that might arise.
3701 [Of course, this last step is much harder than it sounds.]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003702
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003703
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003704Testing of U-Boot Modifications, Ports to New Hardware, etc.:
3705==============================================================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003706
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003707If you have modified U-Boot sources (for instance added a new board
3708or support for new devices, a new CPU, etc.) you are expected to
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003709provide feedback to the other developers. The feedback normally takes
3710the form of a "patch", i. e. a context diff against a certain (latest
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003711official or latest in the git repository) version of U-Boot sources.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003712
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003713But before you submit such a patch, please verify that your modifi-
3714cation did not break existing code. At least make sure that *ALL* of
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003715the supported boards compile WITHOUT ANY compiler warnings. To do so,
3716just run the "MAKEALL" script, which will configure and build U-Boot
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003717for ALL supported system. Be warned, this will take a while. You can
3718select which (cross) compiler to use by passing a `CROSS_COMPILE'
3719environment variable to the script, i. e. to use the ELDK cross tools
3720you can type
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003721
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003722 CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_8xx- MAKEALL
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003723
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003724or to build on a native PowerPC system you can type
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003725
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003726 CROSS_COMPILE=' ' MAKEALL
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003727
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003728When using the MAKEALL script, the default behaviour is to build
3729U-Boot in the source directory. This location can be changed by
3730setting the BUILD_DIR environment variable. Also, for each target
3731built, the MAKEALL script saves two log files (<target>.ERR and
3732<target>.MAKEALL) in the <source dir>/LOG directory. This default
3733location can be changed by setting the MAKEALL_LOGDIR environment
3734variable. For example:
Marian Balakowiczefe063f2006-09-07 17:25:40 +02003735
3736 export BUILD_DIR=/tmp/build
3737 export MAKEALL_LOGDIR=/tmp/log
3738 CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_8xx- MAKEALL
3739
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003740With the above settings build objects are saved in the /tmp/build,
3741log files are saved in the /tmp/log and the source tree remains clean
3742during the whole build process.
Marian Balakowiczefe063f2006-09-07 17:25:40 +02003743
3744
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003745See also "U-Boot Porting Guide" below.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003746
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003747
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003748Monitor Commands - Overview:
3749============================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003750
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003751go - start application at address 'addr'
3752run - run commands in an environment variable
3753bootm - boot application image from memory
3754bootp - boot image via network using BootP/TFTP protocol
Marek Vasutcf41a9b2012-03-14 21:52:45 +00003755bootz - boot zImage from memory
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003756tftpboot- boot image via network using TFTP protocol
3757 and env variables "ipaddr" and "serverip"
3758 (and eventually "gatewayip")
Simon Glass6a398d22011-10-24 18:00:07 +00003759tftpput - upload a file via network using TFTP protocol
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003760rarpboot- boot image via network using RARP/TFTP protocol
3761diskboot- boot from IDE devicebootd - boot default, i.e., run 'bootcmd'
3762loads - load S-Record file over serial line
3763loadb - load binary file over serial line (kermit mode)
3764md - memory display
3765mm - memory modify (auto-incrementing)
3766nm - memory modify (constant address)
3767mw - memory write (fill)
3768cp - memory copy
3769cmp - memory compare
3770crc32 - checksum calculation
Peter Tyser469cde42009-04-18 22:34:03 -05003771i2c - I2C sub-system
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003772sspi - SPI utility commands
3773base - print or set address offset
3774printenv- print environment variables
3775setenv - set environment variables
3776saveenv - save environment variables to persistent storage
3777protect - enable or disable FLASH write protection
3778erase - erase FLASH memory
3779flinfo - print FLASH memory information
3780bdinfo - print Board Info structure
3781iminfo - print header information for application image
3782coninfo - print console devices and informations
3783ide - IDE sub-system
3784loop - infinite loop on address range
wdenk64519362004-07-11 17:40:54 +00003785loopw - infinite write loop on address range
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003786mtest - simple RAM test
3787icache - enable or disable instruction cache
3788dcache - enable or disable data cache
3789reset - Perform RESET of the CPU
3790echo - echo args to console
3791version - print monitor version
3792help - print online help
3793? - alias for 'help'
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003794
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003795
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003796Monitor Commands - Detailed Description:
3797========================================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003798
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003799TODO.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003800
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003801For now: just type "help <command>".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003802
3803
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003804Environment Variables:
3805======================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003806
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003807U-Boot supports user configuration using Environment Variables which
3808can be made persistent by saving to Flash memory.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003809
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003810Environment Variables are set using "setenv", printed using
3811"printenv", and saved to Flash using "saveenv". Using "setenv"
3812without a value can be used to delete a variable from the
3813environment. As long as you don't save the environment you are
3814working with an in-memory copy. In case the Flash area containing the
3815environment is erased by accident, a default environment is provided.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003816
Wolfgang Denkb233bd72010-01-17 23:55:53 +01003817Some configuration options can be set using Environment Variables.
3818
3819List of environment variables (most likely not complete):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003820
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003821 baudrate - see CONFIG_BAUDRATE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003822
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003823 bootdelay - see CONFIG_BOOTDELAY
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003824
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003825 bootcmd - see CONFIG_BOOTCOMMAND
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003826
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003827 bootargs - Boot arguments when booting an RTOS image
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003828
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003829 bootfile - Name of the image to load with TFTP
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003830
Bartlomiej Siekac5648c82008-04-14 15:44:16 +02003831 bootm_low - Memory range available for image processing in the bootm
3832 command can be restricted. This variable is given as
3833 a hexadecimal number and defines lowest address allowed
3834 for use by the bootm command. See also "bootm_size"
3835 environment variable. Address defined by "bootm_low" is
3836 also the base of the initial memory mapping for the Linux
Grant Likely26396382011-03-28 09:58:43 +00003837 kernel -- see the description of CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ and
3838 bootm_mapsize.
3839
Wolfgang Denk092ae952011-10-26 10:21:21 +00003840 bootm_mapsize - Size of the initial memory mapping for the Linux kernel.
Grant Likely26396382011-03-28 09:58:43 +00003841 This variable is given as a hexadecimal number and it
3842 defines the size of the memory region starting at base
3843 address bootm_low that is accessible by the Linux kernel
3844 during early boot. If unset, CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ is used
3845 as the default value if it is defined, and bootm_size is
3846 used otherwise.
Bartlomiej Siekac5648c82008-04-14 15:44:16 +02003847
3848 bootm_size - Memory range available for image processing in the bootm
3849 command can be restricted. This variable is given as
3850 a hexadecimal number and defines the size of the region
3851 allowed for use by the bootm command. See also "bootm_low"
3852 environment variable.
3853
Bartlomiej Siekae273e9f2008-10-01 15:26:31 +02003854 updatefile - Location of the software update file on a TFTP server, used
3855 by the automatic software update feature. Please refer to
3856 documentation in doc/README.update for more details.
3857
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003858 autoload - if set to "no" (any string beginning with 'n'),
3859 "bootp" will just load perform a lookup of the
3860 configuration from the BOOTP server, but not try to
3861 load any image using TFTP
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003862
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003863 autostart - if set to "yes", an image loaded using the "bootp",
3864 "rarpboot", "tftpboot" or "diskboot" commands will
3865 be automatically started (by internally calling
3866 "bootm")
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003867
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003868 If set to "no", a standalone image passed to the
3869 "bootm" command will be copied to the load address
3870 (and eventually uncompressed), but NOT be started.
3871 This can be used to load and uncompress arbitrary
3872 data.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003873
David A. Longd558a4e2011-07-09 16:40:19 -04003874 fdt_high - if set this restricts the maximum address that the
3875 flattened device tree will be copied into upon boot.
Shawn Guo0ca9e982012-01-09 21:54:08 +00003876 For example, if you have a system with 1 GB memory
3877 at physical address 0x10000000, while Linux kernel
3878 only recognizes the first 704 MB as low memory, you
3879 may need to set fdt_high as 0x3C000000 to have the
3880 device tree blob be copied to the maximum address
3881 of the 704 MB low memory, so that Linux kernel can
3882 access it during the boot procedure.
3883
David A. Longd558a4e2011-07-09 16:40:19 -04003884 If this is set to the special value 0xFFFFFFFF then
3885 the fdt will not be copied at all on boot. For this
3886 to work it must reside in writable memory, have
3887 sufficient padding on the end of it for u-boot to
3888 add the information it needs into it, and the memory
3889 must be accessible by the kernel.
3890
Simon Glassdc6fa642011-10-24 19:15:34 +00003891 fdtcontroladdr- if set this is the address of the control flattened
3892 device tree used by U-Boot when CONFIG_OF_CONTROL is
3893 defined.
3894
wdenk0e2bd9c2004-06-06 21:51:03 +00003895 i2cfast - (PPC405GP|PPC405EP only)
3896 if set to 'y' configures Linux I2C driver for fast
3897 mode (400kHZ). This environment variable is used in
3898 initialization code. So, for changes to be effective
3899 it must be saved and board must be reset.
3900
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003901 initrd_high - restrict positioning of initrd images:
3902 If this variable is not set, initrd images will be
3903 copied to the highest possible address in RAM; this
3904 is usually what you want since it allows for
3905 maximum initrd size. If for some reason you want to
3906 make sure that the initrd image is loaded below the
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003907 CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ limit, you can set this environment
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003908 variable to a value of "no" or "off" or "0".
3909 Alternatively, you can set it to a maximum upper
3910 address to use (U-Boot will still check that it
3911 does not overwrite the U-Boot stack and data).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003912
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003913 For instance, when you have a system with 16 MB
3914 RAM, and want to reserve 4 MB from use by Linux,
3915 you can do this by adding "mem=12M" to the value of
3916 the "bootargs" variable. However, now you must make
3917 sure that the initrd image is placed in the first
3918 12 MB as well - this can be done with
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003919
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003920 setenv initrd_high 00c00000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003921
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003922 If you set initrd_high to 0xFFFFFFFF, this is an
3923 indication to U-Boot that all addresses are legal
3924 for the Linux kernel, including addresses in flash
3925 memory. In this case U-Boot will NOT COPY the
3926 ramdisk at all. This may be useful to reduce the
3927 boot time on your system, but requires that this
3928 feature is supported by your Linux kernel.
wdenk3f9ab982003-04-12 23:38:12 +00003929
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003930 ipaddr - IP address; needed for tftpboot command
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003931
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003932 loadaddr - Default load address for commands like "bootp",
3933 "rarpboot", "tftpboot", "loadb" or "diskboot"
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003934
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003935 loads_echo - see CONFIG_LOADS_ECHO
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003936
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003937 serverip - TFTP server IP address; needed for tftpboot command
wdenk6f770ed2003-05-23 23:18:21 +00003938
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003939 bootretry - see CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_TIME
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003940
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003941 bootdelaykey - see CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003942
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003943 bootstopkey - see CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003944
Mike Frysingera23230c2011-10-02 10:01:27 +00003945 ethprime - controls which interface is used first.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003946
Mike Frysingera23230c2011-10-02 10:01:27 +00003947 ethact - controls which interface is currently active.
3948 For example you can do the following
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003949
Heiko Schocherc5e84052010-07-20 17:45:02 +02003950 => setenv ethact FEC
3951 => ping 192.168.0.1 # traffic sent on FEC
3952 => setenv ethact SCC
3953 => ping 10.0.0.1 # traffic sent on SCC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003954
Matthias Fuchs204f0ec2008-01-17 07:45:05 +01003955 ethrotate - When set to "no" U-Boot does not go through all
3956 available network interfaces.
3957 It just stays at the currently selected interface.
3958
Wolfgang Denkb233bd72010-01-17 23:55:53 +01003959 netretry - When set to "no" each network operation will
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003960 either succeed or fail without retrying.
3961 When set to "once" the network operation will
3962 fail when all the available network interfaces
3963 are tried once without success.
3964 Useful on scripts which control the retry operation
3965 themselves.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003966
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD1948d6c2009-01-31 09:53:39 +01003967 npe_ucode - set load address for the NPE microcode
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARDd2164ef2008-01-07 08:41:34 +01003968
Wolfgang Denk227b5192005-09-24 23:25:46 +02003969 tftpsrcport - If this is set, the value is used for TFTP's
Wolfgang Denke3cfce52005-09-24 22:37:32 +02003970 UDP source port.
3971
Wolfgang Denk227b5192005-09-24 23:25:46 +02003972 tftpdstport - If this is set, the value is used for TFTP's UDP
3973 destination port instead of the Well Know Port 69.
3974
Wolfgang Denkb233bd72010-01-17 23:55:53 +01003975 tftpblocksize - Block size to use for TFTP transfers; if not set,
3976 we use the TFTP server's default block size
3977
3978 tftptimeout - Retransmission timeout for TFTP packets (in milli-
3979 seconds, minimum value is 1000 = 1 second). Defines
3980 when a packet is considered to be lost so it has to
3981 be retransmitted. The default is 5000 = 5 seconds.
3982 Lowering this value may make downloads succeed
3983 faster in networks with high packet loss rates or
3984 with unreliable TFTP servers.
3985
3986 vlan - When set to a value < 4095 the traffic over
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003987 Ethernet is encapsulated/received over 802.1q
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003988 VLAN tagged frames.
wdenk145d2c12004-04-15 21:48:45 +00003989
Jason Hobbse3fe08e2011-08-31 05:37:28 +00003990The following image location variables contain the location of images
3991used in booting. The "Image" column gives the role of the image and is
3992not an environment variable name. The other columns are environment
3993variable names. "File Name" gives the name of the file on a TFTP
3994server, "RAM Address" gives the location in RAM the image will be
3995loaded to, and "Flash Location" gives the image's address in NOR
3996flash or offset in NAND flash.
3997
3998*Note* - these variables don't have to be defined for all boards, some
3999boards currenlty use other variables for these purposes, and some
4000boards use these variables for other purposes.
4001
Wolfgang Denk092ae952011-10-26 10:21:21 +00004002Image File Name RAM Address Flash Location
4003----- --------- ----------- --------------
4004u-boot u-boot u-boot_addr_r u-boot_addr
4005Linux kernel bootfile kernel_addr_r kernel_addr
4006device tree blob fdtfile fdt_addr_r fdt_addr
4007ramdisk ramdiskfile ramdisk_addr_r ramdisk_addr
Jason Hobbse3fe08e2011-08-31 05:37:28 +00004008
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004009The following environment variables may be used and automatically
4010updated by the network boot commands ("bootp" and "rarpboot"),
4011depending the information provided by your boot server:
wdenk145d2c12004-04-15 21:48:45 +00004012
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004013 bootfile - see above
4014 dnsip - IP address of your Domain Name Server
4015 dnsip2 - IP address of your secondary Domain Name Server
4016 gatewayip - IP address of the Gateway (Router) to use
4017 hostname - Target hostname
4018 ipaddr - see above
4019 netmask - Subnet Mask
4020 rootpath - Pathname of the root filesystem on the NFS server
4021 serverip - see above
wdenk145d2c12004-04-15 21:48:45 +00004022
wdenk145d2c12004-04-15 21:48:45 +00004023
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004024There are two special Environment Variables:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004025
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004026 serial# - contains hardware identification information such
4027 as type string and/or serial number
4028 ethaddr - Ethernet address
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004029
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004030These variables can be set only once (usually during manufacturing of
4031the board). U-Boot refuses to delete or overwrite these variables
4032once they have been set once.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004033
4034
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004035Further special Environment Variables:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004036
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004037 ver - Contains the U-Boot version string as printed
4038 with the "version" command. This variable is
4039 readonly (see CONFIG_VERSION_VARIABLE).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004040
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004041
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004042Please note that changes to some configuration parameters may take
4043only effect after the next boot (yes, that's just like Windoze :-).
stroeseb9c17c52003-04-04 15:53:41 +00004044
stroeseb9c17c52003-04-04 15:53:41 +00004045
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004046Command Line Parsing:
4047=====================
stroeseb9c17c52003-04-04 15:53:41 +00004048
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004049There are two different command line parsers available with U-Boot:
4050the old "simple" one, and the much more powerful "hush" shell:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004051
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004052Old, simple command line parser:
4053--------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004054
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004055- supports environment variables (through setenv / saveenv commands)
4056- several commands on one line, separated by ';'
Wolfgang Denk86eb3b72005-11-20 21:40:11 +01004057- variable substitution using "... ${name} ..." syntax
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004058- special characters ('$', ';') can be escaped by prefixing with '\',
4059 for example:
Wolfgang Denk86eb3b72005-11-20 21:40:11 +01004060 setenv bootcmd bootm \${address}
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004061- You can also escape text by enclosing in single apostrophes, for example:
4062 setenv addip 'setenv bootargs $bootargs ip=$ipaddr:$serverip:$gatewayip:$netmask:$hostname::off'
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004063
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004064Hush shell:
4065-----------
wdenkf4688a22003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004066
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004067- similar to Bourne shell, with control structures like
4068 if...then...else...fi, for...do...done; while...do...done,
4069 until...do...done, ...
4070- supports environment ("global") variables (through setenv / saveenv
4071 commands) and local shell variables (through standard shell syntax
4072 "name=value"); only environment variables can be used with "run"
4073 command
wdenkf4688a22003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004074
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004075General rules:
4076--------------
wdenkf4688a22003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004077
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004078(1) If a command line (or an environment variable executed by a "run"
4079 command) contains several commands separated by semicolon, and
4080 one of these commands fails, then the remaining commands will be
4081 executed anyway.
wdenkf4688a22003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004082
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004083(2) If you execute several variables with one call to run (i. e.
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004084 calling run with a list of variables as arguments), any failing
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004085 command will cause "run" to terminate, i. e. the remaining
4086 variables are not executed.
wdenkf4688a22003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004087
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004088Note for Redundant Ethernet Interfaces:
4089=======================================
wdenkf4688a22003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004090
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004091Some boards come with redundant Ethernet interfaces; U-Boot supports
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004092such configurations and is capable of automatic selection of a
4093"working" interface when needed. MAC assignment works as follows:
wdenkf4688a22003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004094
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004095Network interfaces are numbered eth0, eth1, eth2, ... Corresponding
4096MAC addresses can be stored in the environment as "ethaddr" (=>eth0),
4097"eth1addr" (=>eth1), "eth2addr", ...
wdenkf4688a22003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004098
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004099If the network interface stores some valid MAC address (for instance
4100in SROM), this is used as default address if there is NO correspon-
4101ding setting in the environment; if the corresponding environment
4102variable is set, this overrides the settings in the card; that means:
wdenkf4688a22003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004103
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004104o If the SROM has a valid MAC address, and there is no address in the
4105 environment, the SROM's address is used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004106
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004107o If there is no valid address in the SROM, and a definition in the
4108 environment exists, then the value from the environment variable is
4109 used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004110
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004111o If both the SROM and the environment contain a MAC address, and
4112 both addresses are the same, this MAC address is used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004113
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004114o If both the SROM and the environment contain a MAC address, and the
4115 addresses differ, the value from the environment is used and a
4116 warning is printed.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004117
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004118o If neither SROM nor the environment contain a MAC address, an error
4119 is raised.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004120
Ben Warren6db991a2010-04-26 11:11:46 -07004121If Ethernet drivers implement the 'write_hwaddr' function, valid MAC addresses
Wolfgang Denk092ae952011-10-26 10:21:21 +00004122will be programmed into hardware as part of the initialization process. This
Ben Warren6db991a2010-04-26 11:11:46 -07004123may be skipped by setting the appropriate 'ethmacskip' environment variable.
4124The naming convention is as follows:
4125"ethmacskip" (=>eth0), "eth1macskip" (=>eth1) etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004126
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004127Image Formats:
4128==============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004129
Marian Balakowicz18710b82008-03-12 12:13:13 +01004130U-Boot is capable of booting (and performing other auxiliary operations on)
4131images in two formats:
4132
4133New uImage format (FIT)
4134-----------------------
4135
4136Flexible and powerful format based on Flattened Image Tree -- FIT (similar
4137to Flattened Device Tree). It allows the use of images with multiple
4138components (several kernels, ramdisks, etc.), with contents protected by
4139SHA1, MD5 or CRC32. More details are found in the doc/uImage.FIT directory.
4140
4141
4142Old uImage format
4143-----------------
4144
4145Old image format is based on binary files which can be basically anything,
4146preceded by a special header; see the definitions in include/image.h for
4147details; basically, the header defines the following image properties:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004148
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004149* Target Operating System (Provisions for OpenBSD, NetBSD, FreeBSD,
4150 4.4BSD, Linux, SVR4, Esix, Solaris, Irix, SCO, Dell, NCR, VxWorks,
Peter Tyser56b8dd12008-09-08 14:56:49 -05004151 LynxOS, pSOS, QNX, RTEMS, INTEGRITY;
4152 Currently supported: Linux, NetBSD, VxWorks, QNX, RTEMS, LynxOS,
4153 INTEGRITY).
Wolfgang Denk83c15852006-10-24 14:21:16 +02004154* Target CPU Architecture (Provisions for Alpha, ARM, AVR32, Intel x86,
Macpaul Lin1cac36e2011-10-19 20:41:11 +00004155 IA64, MIPS, NDS32, Nios II, PowerPC, IBM S390, SuperH, Sparc, Sparc 64 Bit;
4156 Currently supported: ARM, AVR32, Intel x86, MIPS, NDS32, Nios II, PowerPC).
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004157* Compression Type (uncompressed, gzip, bzip2)
4158* Load Address
4159* Entry Point
4160* Image Name
4161* Image Timestamp
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004162
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004163The header is marked by a special Magic Number, and both the header
4164and the data portions of the image are secured against corruption by
4165CRC32 checksums.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004166
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004167
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004168Linux Support:
4169==============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004170
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004171Although U-Boot should support any OS or standalone application
4172easily, the main focus has always been on Linux during the design of
4173U-Boot.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004174
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004175U-Boot includes many features that so far have been part of some
4176special "boot loader" code within the Linux kernel. Also, any
4177"initrd" images to be used are no longer part of one big Linux image;
4178instead, kernel and "initrd" are separate images. This implementation
4179serves several purposes:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004180
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004181- the same features can be used for other OS or standalone
4182 applications (for instance: using compressed images to reduce the
4183 Flash memory footprint)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004184
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004185- it becomes much easier to port new Linux kernel versions because
4186 lots of low-level, hardware dependent stuff are done by U-Boot
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004187
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004188- the same Linux kernel image can now be used with different "initrd"
4189 images; of course this also means that different kernel images can
4190 be run with the same "initrd". This makes testing easier (you don't
4191 have to build a new "zImage.initrd" Linux image when you just
4192 change a file in your "initrd"). Also, a field-upgrade of the
4193 software is easier now.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004194
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004195
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004196Linux HOWTO:
4197============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004198
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004199Porting Linux to U-Boot based systems:
4200---------------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004201
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004202U-Boot cannot save you from doing all the necessary modifications to
4203configure the Linux device drivers for use with your target hardware
4204(no, we don't intend to provide a full virtual machine interface to
4205Linux :-).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004206
Stefan Roese88fbf932010-04-15 16:07:28 +02004207But now you can ignore ALL boot loader code (in arch/powerpc/mbxboot).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004208
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004209Just make sure your machine specific header file (for instance
4210include/asm-ppc/tqm8xx.h) includes the same definition of the Board
Markus Heidelberg47167572008-09-07 20:18:27 +02004211Information structure as we define in include/asm-<arch>/u-boot.h,
4212and make sure that your definition of IMAP_ADDR uses the same value
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004213as your U-Boot configuration in CONFIG_SYS_IMMR.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004214
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004215
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004216Configuring the Linux kernel:
4217-----------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004218
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004219No specific requirements for U-Boot. Make sure you have some root
4220device (initial ramdisk, NFS) for your target system.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004221
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004222
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004223Building a Linux Image:
4224-----------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004225
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004226With U-Boot, "normal" build targets like "zImage" or "bzImage" are
4227not used. If you use recent kernel source, a new build target
4228"uImage" will exist which automatically builds an image usable by
4229U-Boot. Most older kernels also have support for a "pImage" target,
4230which was introduced for our predecessor project PPCBoot and uses a
4231100% compatible format.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004232
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004233Example:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004234
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004235 make TQM850L_config
4236 make oldconfig
4237 make dep
4238 make uImage
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004239
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004240The "uImage" build target uses a special tool (in 'tools/mkimage') to
4241encapsulate a compressed Linux kernel image with header information,
4242CRC32 checksum etc. for use with U-Boot. This is what we are doing:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004243
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004244* build a standard "vmlinux" kernel image (in ELF binary format):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004245
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004246* convert the kernel into a raw binary image:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004247
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004248 ${CROSS_COMPILE}-objcopy -O binary \
4249 -R .note -R .comment \
4250 -S vmlinux linux.bin
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004251
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004252* compress the binary image:
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004253
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004254 gzip -9 linux.bin
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004255
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004256* package compressed binary image for U-Boot:
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004257
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004258 mkimage -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C gzip \
4259 -a 0 -e 0 -n "Linux Kernel Image" \
4260 -d linux.bin.gz uImage
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004261
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004262
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004263The "mkimage" tool can also be used to create ramdisk images for use
4264with U-Boot, either separated from the Linux kernel image, or
4265combined into one file. "mkimage" encapsulates the images with a 64
4266byte header containing information about target architecture,
4267operating system, image type, compression method, entry points, time
4268stamp, CRC32 checksums, etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004269
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004270"mkimage" can be called in two ways: to verify existing images and
4271print the header information, or to build new images.
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004272
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004273In the first form (with "-l" option) mkimage lists the information
4274contained in the header of an existing U-Boot image; this includes
4275checksum verification:
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004276
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004277 tools/mkimage -l image
4278 -l ==> list image header information
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004279
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004280The second form (with "-d" option) is used to build a U-Boot image
4281from a "data file" which is used as image payload:
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004282
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004283 tools/mkimage -A arch -O os -T type -C comp -a addr -e ep \
4284 -n name -d data_file image
4285 -A ==> set architecture to 'arch'
4286 -O ==> set operating system to 'os'
4287 -T ==> set image type to 'type'
4288 -C ==> set compression type 'comp'
4289 -a ==> set load address to 'addr' (hex)
4290 -e ==> set entry point to 'ep' (hex)
4291 -n ==> set image name to 'name'
4292 -d ==> use image data from 'datafile'
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004293
wdenkcd914452004-05-29 16:53:29 +00004294Right now, all Linux kernels for PowerPC systems use the same load
4295address (0x00000000), but the entry point address depends on the
4296kernel version:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004297
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004298- 2.2.x kernels have the entry point at 0x0000000C,
4299- 2.3.x and later kernels have the entry point at 0x00000000.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004300
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004301So a typical call to build a U-Boot image would read:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004302
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004303 -> tools/mkimage -n '2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L' \
4304 > -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C gzip -a 0 -e 0 \
Stefan Roese88fbf932010-04-15 16:07:28 +02004305 > -d /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux.gz \
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004306 > examples/uImage.TQM850L
4307 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L
4308 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000
4309 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
4310 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327.86 kB = 0.32 MB
4311 Load Address: 0x00000000
4312 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004313
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004314To verify the contents of the image (or check for corruption):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004315
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004316 -> tools/mkimage -l examples/uImage.TQM850L
4317 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L
4318 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000
4319 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
4320 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327.86 kB = 0.32 MB
4321 Load Address: 0x00000000
4322 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004323
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004324NOTE: for embedded systems where boot time is critical you can trade
4325speed for memory and install an UNCOMPRESSED image instead: this
4326needs more space in Flash, but boots much faster since it does not
4327need to be uncompressed:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004328
Stefan Roese88fbf932010-04-15 16:07:28 +02004329 -> gunzip /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux.gz
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004330 -> tools/mkimage -n '2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L' \
4331 > -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C none -a 0 -e 0 \
Stefan Roese88fbf932010-04-15 16:07:28 +02004332 > -d /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux \
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004333 > examples/uImage.TQM850L-uncompressed
4334 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L
4335 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000
4336 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (uncompressed)
4337 Data Size: 792160 Bytes = 773.59 kB = 0.76 MB
4338 Load Address: 0x00000000
4339 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004340
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004341
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004342Similar you can build U-Boot images from a 'ramdisk.image.gz' file
4343when your kernel is intended to use an initial ramdisk:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004344
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004345 -> tools/mkimage -n 'Simple Ramdisk Image' \
4346 > -A ppc -O linux -T ramdisk -C gzip \
4347 > -d /LinuxPPC/images/SIMPLE-ramdisk.image.gz examples/simple-initrd
4348 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image
4349 Created: Wed Jan 12 14:01:50 2000
4350 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed)
4351 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553.25 kB = 0.54 MB
4352 Load Address: 0x00000000
4353 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004354
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004355
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004356Installing a Linux Image:
4357-------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004358
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004359To downloading a U-Boot image over the serial (console) interface,
4360you must convert the image to S-Record format:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004361
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004362 objcopy -I binary -O srec examples/image examples/image.srec
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004363
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004364The 'objcopy' does not understand the information in the U-Boot
4365image header, so the resulting S-Record file will be relative to
4366address 0x00000000. To load it to a given address, you need to
4367specify the target address as 'offset' parameter with the 'loads'
4368command.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004369
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004370Example: install the image to address 0x40100000 (which on the
4371TQM8xxL is in the first Flash bank):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004372
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004373 => erase 40100000 401FFFFF
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004374
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004375 .......... done
4376 Erased 8 sectors
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004377
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004378 => loads 40100000
4379 ## Ready for S-Record download ...
4380 ~>examples/image.srec
4381 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 ...
4382 ...
4383 15989 15990 15991 15992
4384 [file transfer complete]
4385 [connected]
4386 ## Start Addr = 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004387
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004388
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004389You can check the success of the download using the 'iminfo' command;
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004390this includes a checksum verification so you can be sure no data
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004391corruption happened:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004392
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004393 => imi 40100000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004394
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004395 ## Checking Image at 40100000 ...
4396 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L
4397 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
4398 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB
4399 Load Address: 00000000
4400 Entry Point: 0000000c
4401 Verifying Checksum ... OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004402
4403
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004404Boot Linux:
4405-----------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004406
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004407The "bootm" command is used to boot an application that is stored in
4408memory (RAM or Flash). In case of a Linux kernel image, the contents
4409of the "bootargs" environment variable is passed to the kernel as
4410parameters. You can check and modify this variable using the
4411"printenv" and "setenv" commands:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004412
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004413
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004414 => printenv bootargs
4415 bootargs=root=/dev/ram
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004416
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004417 => setenv bootargs root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004418
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004419 => printenv bootargs
4420 bootargs=root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004421
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004422 => bootm 40020000
4423 ## Booting Linux kernel at 40020000 ...
4424 Image Name: 2.2.13 for NFS on TQM850L
4425 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
4426 Data Size: 381681 Bytes = 372 kB = 0 MB
4427 Load Address: 00000000
4428 Entry Point: 0000000c
4429 Verifying Checksum ... OK
4430 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK
4431 Linux version 2.2.13 (wd@denx.local.net) (gcc version 2.95.2 19991024 (release)) #1 Wed Jul 19 02:35:17 MEST 2000
4432 Boot arguments: root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2
4433 time_init: decrementer frequency = 187500000/60
4434 Calibrating delay loop... 49.77 BogoMIPS
4435 Memory: 15208k available (700k kernel code, 444k data, 32k init) [c0000000,c1000000]
4436 ...
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004437
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004438If you want to boot a Linux kernel with initial RAM disk, you pass
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004439the memory addresses of both the kernel and the initrd image (PPBCOOT
4440format!) to the "bootm" command:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004441
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004442 => imi 40100000 40200000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004443
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004444 ## Checking Image at 40100000 ...
4445 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L
4446 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
4447 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB
4448 Load Address: 00000000
4449 Entry Point: 0000000c
4450 Verifying Checksum ... OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004451
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004452 ## Checking Image at 40200000 ...
4453 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image
4454 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed)
4455 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553 kB = 0 MB
4456 Load Address: 00000000
4457 Entry Point: 00000000
4458 Verifying Checksum ... OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004459
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004460 => bootm 40100000 40200000
4461 ## Booting Linux kernel at 40100000 ...
4462 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L
4463 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
4464 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB
4465 Load Address: 00000000
4466 Entry Point: 0000000c
4467 Verifying Checksum ... OK
4468 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK
4469 ## Loading RAMDisk Image at 40200000 ...
4470 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image
4471 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed)
4472 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553 kB = 0 MB
4473 Load Address: 00000000
4474 Entry Point: 00000000
4475 Verifying Checksum ... OK
4476 Loading Ramdisk ... OK
4477 Linux version 2.2.13 (wd@denx.local.net) (gcc version 2.95.2 19991024 (release)) #1 Wed Jul 19 02:32:08 MEST 2000
4478 Boot arguments: root=/dev/ram
4479 time_init: decrementer frequency = 187500000/60
4480 Calibrating delay loop... 49.77 BogoMIPS
4481 ...
4482 RAMDISK: Compressed image found at block 0
4483 VFS: Mounted root (ext2 filesystem).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004484
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004485 bash#
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004486
Matthew McClintockefae4ca2006-06-28 10:41:37 -05004487Boot Linux and pass a flat device tree:
4488-----------
4489
4490First, U-Boot must be compiled with the appropriate defines. See the section
4491titled "Linux Kernel Interface" above for a more in depth explanation. The
4492following is an example of how to start a kernel and pass an updated
4493flat device tree:
4494
4495=> print oftaddr
4496oftaddr=0x300000
4497=> print oft
4498oft=oftrees/mpc8540ads.dtb
4499=> tftp $oftaddr $oft
4500Speed: 1000, full duplex
4501Using TSEC0 device
4502TFTP from server 192.168.1.1; our IP address is 192.168.1.101
4503Filename 'oftrees/mpc8540ads.dtb'.
4504Load address: 0x300000
4505Loading: #
4506done
4507Bytes transferred = 4106 (100a hex)
4508=> tftp $loadaddr $bootfile
4509Speed: 1000, full duplex
4510Using TSEC0 device
4511TFTP from server 192.168.1.1; our IP address is 192.168.1.2
4512Filename 'uImage'.
4513Load address: 0x200000
4514Loading:############
4515done
4516Bytes transferred = 1029407 (fb51f hex)
4517=> print loadaddr
4518loadaddr=200000
4519=> print oftaddr
4520oftaddr=0x300000
4521=> bootm $loadaddr - $oftaddr
4522## Booting image at 00200000 ...
Wolfgang Denk018147d2006-11-27 15:32:42 +01004523 Image Name: Linux-2.6.17-dirty
4524 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
4525 Data Size: 1029343 Bytes = 1005.2 kB
Matthew McClintockefae4ca2006-06-28 10:41:37 -05004526 Load Address: 00000000
Wolfgang Denk018147d2006-11-27 15:32:42 +01004527 Entry Point: 00000000
Matthew McClintockefae4ca2006-06-28 10:41:37 -05004528 Verifying Checksum ... OK
4529 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK
4530Booting using flat device tree at 0x300000
4531Using MPC85xx ADS machine description
4532Memory CAM mapping: CAM0=256Mb, CAM1=256Mb, CAM2=0Mb residual: 0Mb
4533[snip]
4534
4535
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004536More About U-Boot Image Types:
4537------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004538
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004539U-Boot supports the following image types:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004540
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004541 "Standalone Programs" are directly runnable in the environment
4542 provided by U-Boot; it is expected that (if they behave
4543 well) you can continue to work in U-Boot after return from
4544 the Standalone Program.
4545 "OS Kernel Images" are usually images of some Embedded OS which
4546 will take over control completely. Usually these programs
4547 will install their own set of exception handlers, device
4548 drivers, set up the MMU, etc. - this means, that you cannot
4549 expect to re-enter U-Boot except by resetting the CPU.
4550 "RAMDisk Images" are more or less just data blocks, and their
4551 parameters (address, size) are passed to an OS kernel that is
4552 being started.
4553 "Multi-File Images" contain several images, typically an OS
4554 (Linux) kernel image and one or more data images like
4555 RAMDisks. This construct is useful for instance when you want
4556 to boot over the network using BOOTP etc., where the boot
4557 server provides just a single image file, but you want to get
4558 for instance an OS kernel and a RAMDisk image.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004559
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004560 "Multi-File Images" start with a list of image sizes, each
4561 image size (in bytes) specified by an "uint32_t" in network
4562 byte order. This list is terminated by an "(uint32_t)0".
4563 Immediately after the terminating 0 follow the images, one by
4564 one, all aligned on "uint32_t" boundaries (size rounded up to
4565 a multiple of 4 bytes).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004566
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004567 "Firmware Images" are binary images containing firmware (like
4568 U-Boot or FPGA images) which usually will be programmed to
4569 flash memory.
wdenk4fc95692003-02-28 00:49:47 +00004570
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004571 "Script files" are command sequences that will be executed by
4572 U-Boot's command interpreter; this feature is especially
4573 useful when you configure U-Boot to use a real shell (hush)
4574 as command interpreter.
wdenk4fc95692003-02-28 00:49:47 +00004575
Marek Vasutcf41a9b2012-03-14 21:52:45 +00004576Booting the Linux zImage:
4577-------------------------
4578
4579On some platforms, it's possible to boot Linux zImage. This is done
4580using the "bootz" command. The syntax of "bootz" command is the same
4581as the syntax of "bootm" command.
4582
Marek Vasut28850d02012-03-18 11:47:58 +00004583Note, defining the CONFIG_SUPPORT_INITRD_RAW allows user to supply
4584kernel with raw initrd images. The syntax is slightly different, the
4585address of the initrd must be augmented by it's size, in the following
4586format: "<initrd addres>:<initrd size>".
4587
stroeseb9c17c52003-04-04 15:53:41 +00004588
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004589Standalone HOWTO:
4590=================
stroeseb9c17c52003-04-04 15:53:41 +00004591
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004592One of the features of U-Boot is that you can dynamically load and
4593run "standalone" applications, which can use some resources of
4594U-Boot like console I/O functions or interrupt services.
stroeseb9c17c52003-04-04 15:53:41 +00004595
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004596Two simple examples are included with the sources:
wdenk4fc95692003-02-28 00:49:47 +00004597
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004598"Hello World" Demo:
4599-------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004600
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004601'examples/hello_world.c' contains a small "Hello World" Demo
4602application; it is automatically compiled when you build U-Boot.
4603It's configured to run at address 0x00040004, so you can play with it
4604like that:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004605
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004606 => loads
4607 ## Ready for S-Record download ...
4608 ~>examples/hello_world.srec
4609 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 ...
4610 [file transfer complete]
4611 [connected]
4612 ## Start Addr = 0x00040004
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004613
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004614 => go 40004 Hello World! This is a test.
4615 ## Starting application at 0x00040004 ...
4616 Hello World
4617 argc = 7
4618 argv[0] = "40004"
4619 argv[1] = "Hello"
4620 argv[2] = "World!"
4621 argv[3] = "This"
4622 argv[4] = "is"
4623 argv[5] = "a"
4624 argv[6] = "test."
4625 argv[7] = "<NULL>"
4626 Hit any key to exit ...
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004627
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004628 ## Application terminated, rc = 0x0
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004629
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004630Another example, which demonstrates how to register a CPM interrupt
4631handler with the U-Boot code, can be found in 'examples/timer.c'.
4632Here, a CPM timer is set up to generate an interrupt every second.
4633The interrupt service routine is trivial, just printing a '.'
4634character, but this is just a demo program. The application can be
4635controlled by the following keys:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004636
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004637 ? - print current values og the CPM Timer registers
4638 b - enable interrupts and start timer
4639 e - stop timer and disable interrupts
4640 q - quit application
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004641
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004642 => loads
4643 ## Ready for S-Record download ...
4644 ~>examples/timer.srec
4645 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 ...
4646 [file transfer complete]
4647 [connected]
4648 ## Start Addr = 0x00040004
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004649
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004650 => go 40004
4651 ## Starting application at 0x00040004 ...
4652 TIMERS=0xfff00980
4653 Using timer 1
4654 tgcr @ 0xfff00980, tmr @ 0xfff00990, trr @ 0xfff00994, tcr @ 0xfff00998, tcn @ 0xfff0099c, ter @ 0xfff009b0
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004655
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004656Hit 'b':
4657 [q, b, e, ?] Set interval 1000000 us
4658 Enabling timer
4659Hit '?':
4660 [q, b, e, ?] ........
4661 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0xef6, ter=0x0
4662Hit '?':
4663 [q, b, e, ?] .
4664 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x2ad4, ter=0x0
4665Hit '?':
4666 [q, b, e, ?] .
4667 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x1efc, ter=0x0
4668Hit '?':
4669 [q, b, e, ?] .
4670 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x169d, ter=0x0
4671Hit 'e':
4672 [q, b, e, ?] ...Stopping timer
4673Hit 'q':
4674 [q, b, e, ?] ## Application terminated, rc = 0x0
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004675
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004676
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004677Minicom warning:
4678================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004679
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004680Over time, many people have reported problems when trying to use the
4681"minicom" terminal emulation program for serial download. I (wd)
4682consider minicom to be broken, and recommend not to use it. Under
4683Unix, I recommend to use C-Kermit for general purpose use (and
4684especially for kermit binary protocol download ("loadb" command), and
4685use "cu" for S-Record download ("loads" command).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004686
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004687Nevertheless, if you absolutely want to use it try adding this
4688configuration to your "File transfer protocols" section:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004689
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004690 Name Program Name U/D FullScr IO-Red. Multi
4691 X kermit /usr/bin/kermit -i -l %l -s Y U Y N N
4692 Y kermit /usr/bin/kermit -i -l %l -r N D Y N N
wdenk8dba0502003-03-31 16:34:49 +00004693
wdenk8dba0502003-03-31 16:34:49 +00004694
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004695NetBSD Notes:
4696=============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004697
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004698Starting at version 0.9.2, U-Boot supports NetBSD both as host
4699(build U-Boot) and target system (boots NetBSD/mpc8xx).
wdenk88e72a32003-06-19 23:04:19 +00004700
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004701Building requires a cross environment; it is known to work on
4702NetBSD/i386 with the cross-powerpc-netbsd-1.3 package (you will also
4703need gmake since the Makefiles are not compatible with BSD make).
4704Note that the cross-powerpc package does not install include files;
4705attempting to build U-Boot will fail because <machine/ansi.h> is
4706missing. This file has to be installed and patched manually:
wdenk88e72a32003-06-19 23:04:19 +00004707
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004708 # cd /usr/pkg/cross/powerpc-netbsd/include
4709 # mkdir powerpc
4710 # ln -s powerpc machine
4711 # cp /usr/src/sys/arch/powerpc/include/ansi.h powerpc/ansi.h
4712 # ${EDIT} powerpc/ansi.h ## must remove __va_list, _BSD_VA_LIST
wdenk88e72a32003-06-19 23:04:19 +00004713
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004714Native builds *don't* work due to incompatibilities between native
4715and U-Boot include files.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004716
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004717Booting assumes that (the first part of) the image booted is a
4718stage-2 loader which in turn loads and then invokes the kernel
4719proper. Loader sources will eventually appear in the NetBSD source
4720tree (probably in sys/arc/mpc8xx/stand/u-boot_stage2/); in the
wdenkd0245fc2005-04-13 10:02:42 +00004721meantime, see ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/ppcboot_stage2.tar.gz
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004722
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004723
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004724Implementation Internals:
4725=========================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004726
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004727The following is not intended to be a complete description of every
4728implementation detail. However, it should help to understand the
4729inner workings of U-Boot and make it easier to port it to custom
4730hardware.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004731
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004732
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004733Initial Stack, Global Data:
4734---------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004735
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004736The implementation of U-Boot is complicated by the fact that U-Boot
4737starts running out of ROM (flash memory), usually without access to
4738system RAM (because the memory controller is not initialized yet).
4739This means that we don't have writable Data or BSS segments, and BSS
4740is not initialized as zero. To be able to get a C environment working
4741at all, we have to allocate at least a minimal stack. Implementation
4742options for this are defined and restricted by the CPU used: Some CPU
4743models provide on-chip memory (like the IMMR area on MPC8xx and
4744MPC826x processors), on others (parts of) the data cache can be
4745locked as (mis-) used as memory, etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004746
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004747 Chris Hallinan posted a good summary of these issues to the
Wolfgang Denk290ae6b2008-12-30 22:56:11 +01004748 U-Boot mailing list:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004749
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004750 Subject: RE: [U-Boot-Users] RE: More On Memory Bank x (nothingness)?
4751 From: "Chris Hallinan" <clh@net1plus.com>
4752 Date: Mon, 10 Feb 2003 16:43:46 -0500 (22:43 MET)
4753 ...
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004754
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004755 Correct me if I'm wrong, folks, but the way I understand it
4756 is this: Using DCACHE as initial RAM for Stack, etc, does not
4757 require any physical RAM backing up the cache. The cleverness
4758 is that the cache is being used as a temporary supply of
4759 necessary storage before the SDRAM controller is setup. It's
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004760 beyond the scope of this list to explain the details, but you
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004761 can see how this works by studying the cache architecture and
4762 operation in the architecture and processor-specific manuals.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004763
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004764 OCM is On Chip Memory, which I believe the 405GP has 4K. It
4765 is another option for the system designer to use as an
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004766 initial stack/RAM area prior to SDRAM being available. Either
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004767 option should work for you. Using CS 4 should be fine if your
4768 board designers haven't used it for something that would
4769 cause you grief during the initial boot! It is frequently not
4770 used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004771
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004772 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR should be somewhere that won't interfere
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004773 with your processor/board/system design. The default value
4774 you will find in any recent u-boot distribution in
Stefan Roese3e1f1b32005-08-01 16:49:12 +02004775 walnut.h should work for you. I'd set it to a value larger
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004776 than your SDRAM module. If you have a 64MB SDRAM module, set
4777 it above 400_0000. Just make sure your board has no resources
4778 that are supposed to respond to that address! That code in
4779 start.S has been around a while and should work as is when
4780 you get the config right.
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004781
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004782 -Chris Hallinan
4783 DS4.COM, Inc.
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004784
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004785It is essential to remember this, since it has some impact on the C
4786code for the initialization procedures:
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004787
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004788* Initialized global data (data segment) is read-only. Do not attempt
4789 to write it.
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004790
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004791* Do not use any uninitialized global data (or implicitely initialized
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004792 as zero data - BSS segment) at all - this is undefined, initiali-
4793 zation is performed later (when relocating to RAM).
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004794
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004795* Stack space is very limited. Avoid big data buffers or things like
4796 that.
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004797
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004798Having only the stack as writable memory limits means we cannot use
4799normal global data to share information beween the code. But it
4800turned out that the implementation of U-Boot can be greatly
4801simplified by making a global data structure (gd_t) available to all
4802functions. We could pass a pointer to this data as argument to _all_
4803functions, but this would bloat the code. Instead we use a feature of
4804the GCC compiler (Global Register Variables) to share the data: we
4805place a pointer (gd) to the global data into a register which we
4806reserve for this purpose.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004807
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004808When choosing a register for such a purpose we are restricted by the
4809relevant (E)ABI specifications for the current architecture, and by
4810GCC's implementation.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004811
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004812For PowerPC, the following registers have specific use:
4813 R1: stack pointer
Wolfgang Denk69c09642008-02-14 22:43:22 +01004814 R2: reserved for system use
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004815 R3-R4: parameter passing and return values
4816 R5-R10: parameter passing
4817 R13: small data area pointer
4818 R30: GOT pointer
4819 R31: frame pointer
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004820
Joakim Tjernlund693c0c12010-01-19 14:41:58 +01004821 (U-Boot also uses R12 as internal GOT pointer. r12
4822 is a volatile register so r12 needs to be reset when
4823 going back and forth between asm and C)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004824
Wolfgang Denk69c09642008-02-14 22:43:22 +01004825 ==> U-Boot will use R2 to hold a pointer to the global data
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004826
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004827 Note: on PPC, we could use a static initializer (since the
4828 address of the global data structure is known at compile time),
4829 but it turned out that reserving a register results in somewhat
4830 smaller code - although the code savings are not that big (on
4831 average for all boards 752 bytes for the whole U-Boot image,
4832 624 text + 127 data).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004833
Robin Getz2773d5f2009-08-17 15:23:02 +00004834On Blackfin, the normal C ABI (except for P3) is followed as documented here:
Mike Frysinger60f09302008-02-04 19:26:54 -05004835 http://docs.blackfin.uclinux.org/doku.php?id=application_binary_interface
4836
Robin Getz2773d5f2009-08-17 15:23:02 +00004837 ==> U-Boot will use P3 to hold a pointer to the global data
Mike Frysinger60f09302008-02-04 19:26:54 -05004838
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004839On ARM, the following registers are used:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004840
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004841 R0: function argument word/integer result
4842 R1-R3: function argument word
4843 R9: GOT pointer
4844 R10: stack limit (used only if stack checking if enabled)
4845 R11: argument (frame) pointer
4846 R12: temporary workspace
4847 R13: stack pointer
4848 R14: link register
4849 R15: program counter
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004850
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004851 ==> U-Boot will use R8 to hold a pointer to the global data
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004852
Thomas Chou8fa38582010-05-21 11:08:03 +08004853On Nios II, the ABI is documented here:
4854 http://www.altera.com/literature/hb/nios2/n2cpu_nii51016.pdf
4855
4856 ==> U-Boot will use gp to hold a pointer to the global data
4857
4858 Note: on Nios II, we give "-G0" option to gcc and don't use gp
4859 to access small data sections, so gp is free.
4860
Macpaul Lin1cac36e2011-10-19 20:41:11 +00004861On NDS32, the following registers are used:
4862
4863 R0-R1: argument/return
4864 R2-R5: argument
4865 R15: temporary register for assembler
4866 R16: trampoline register
4867 R28: frame pointer (FP)
4868 R29: global pointer (GP)
4869 R30: link register (LP)
4870 R31: stack pointer (SP)
4871 PC: program counter (PC)
4872
4873 ==> U-Boot will use R10 to hold a pointer to the global data
4874
Wolfgang Denk6405a152006-03-31 18:32:53 +02004875NOTE: DECLARE_GLOBAL_DATA_PTR must be used with file-global scope,
4876or current versions of GCC may "optimize" the code too much.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004877
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004878Memory Management:
4879------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004880
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004881U-Boot runs in system state and uses physical addresses, i.e. the
4882MMU is not used either for address mapping nor for memory protection.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004883
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004884The available memory is mapped to fixed addresses using the memory
4885controller. In this process, a contiguous block is formed for each
4886memory type (Flash, SDRAM, SRAM), even when it consists of several
4887physical memory banks.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004888
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004889U-Boot is installed in the first 128 kB of the first Flash bank (on
4890TQM8xxL modules this is the range 0x40000000 ... 0x4001FFFF). After
4891booting and sizing and initializing DRAM, the code relocates itself
4892to the upper end of DRAM. Immediately below the U-Boot code some
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004893memory is reserved for use by malloc() [see CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004894configuration setting]. Below that, a structure with global Board
4895Info data is placed, followed by the stack (growing downward).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004896
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004897Additionally, some exception handler code is copied to the low 8 kB
4898of DRAM (0x00000000 ... 0x00001FFF).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004899
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004900So a typical memory configuration with 16 MB of DRAM could look like
4901this:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004902
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004903 0x0000 0000 Exception Vector code
4904 :
4905 0x0000 1FFF
4906 0x0000 2000 Free for Application Use
4907 :
4908 :
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004909
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004910 :
4911 :
4912 0x00FB FF20 Monitor Stack (Growing downward)
4913 0x00FB FFAC Board Info Data and permanent copy of global data
4914 0x00FC 0000 Malloc Arena
4915 :
4916 0x00FD FFFF
4917 0x00FE 0000 RAM Copy of Monitor Code
4918 ... eventually: LCD or video framebuffer
4919 ... eventually: pRAM (Protected RAM - unchanged by reset)
4920 0x00FF FFFF [End of RAM]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004921
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004922
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004923System Initialization:
4924----------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004925
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004926In the reset configuration, U-Boot starts at the reset entry point
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004927(on most PowerPC systems at address 0x00000100). Because of the reset
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004928configuration for CS0# this is a mirror of the onboard Flash memory.
4929To be able to re-map memory U-Boot then jumps to its link address.
4930To be able to implement the initialization code in C, a (small!)
4931initial stack is set up in the internal Dual Ported RAM (in case CPUs
4932which provide such a feature like MPC8xx or MPC8260), or in a locked
4933part of the data cache. After that, U-Boot initializes the CPU core,
4934the caches and the SIU.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004935
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004936Next, all (potentially) available memory banks are mapped using a
4937preliminary mapping. For example, we put them on 512 MB boundaries
4938(multiples of 0x20000000: SDRAM on 0x00000000 and 0x20000000, Flash
4939on 0x40000000 and 0x60000000, SRAM on 0x80000000). Then UPM A is
4940programmed for SDRAM access. Using the temporary configuration, a
4941simple memory test is run that determines the size of the SDRAM
4942banks.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004943
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004944When there is more than one SDRAM bank, and the banks are of
4945different size, the largest is mapped first. For equal size, the first
4946bank (CS2#) is mapped first. The first mapping is always for address
49470x00000000, with any additional banks following immediately to create
4948contiguous memory starting from 0.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004949
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004950Then, the monitor installs itself at the upper end of the SDRAM area
4951and allocates memory for use by malloc() and for the global Board
4952Info data; also, the exception vector code is copied to the low RAM
4953pages, and the final stack is set up.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004954
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004955Only after this relocation will you have a "normal" C environment;
4956until that you are restricted in several ways, mostly because you are
4957running from ROM, and because the code will have to be relocated to a
4958new address in RAM.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004959
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004960
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004961U-Boot Porting Guide:
4962----------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004963
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004964[Based on messages by Jerry Van Baren in the U-Boot-Users mailing
4965list, October 2002]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004966
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004967
Jerry Van Barenba0687c2009-07-15 20:42:59 -04004968int main(int argc, char *argv[])
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004969{
4970 sighandler_t no_more_time;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004971
Jerry Van Barenba0687c2009-07-15 20:42:59 -04004972 signal(SIGALRM, no_more_time);
4973 alarm(PROJECT_DEADLINE - toSec (3 * WEEK));
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004974
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004975 if (available_money > available_manpower) {
Jerry Van Barenba0687c2009-07-15 20:42:59 -04004976 Pay consultant to port U-Boot;
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004977 return 0;
4978 }
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004979
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004980 Download latest U-Boot source;
wdenk34b613e2002-12-17 01:51:00 +00004981
Wolfgang Denk290ae6b2008-12-30 22:56:11 +01004982 Subscribe to u-boot mailing list;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004983
Jerry Van Barenba0687c2009-07-15 20:42:59 -04004984 if (clueless)
4985 email("Hi, I am new to U-Boot, how do I get started?");
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004986
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004987 while (learning) {
4988 Read the README file in the top level directory;
Jerry Van Barenba0687c2009-07-15 20:42:59 -04004989 Read http://www.denx.de/twiki/bin/view/DULG/Manual;
4990 Read applicable doc/*.README;
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004991 Read the source, Luke;
Jerry Van Barenba0687c2009-07-15 20:42:59 -04004992 /* find . -name "*.[chS]" | xargs grep -i <keyword> */
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004993 }
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004994
Jerry Van Barenba0687c2009-07-15 20:42:59 -04004995 if (available_money > toLocalCurrency ($2500))
4996 Buy a BDI3000;
4997 else
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004998 Add a lot of aggravation and time;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004999
Jerry Van Barenba0687c2009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005000 if (a similar board exists) { /* hopefully... */
5001 cp -a board/<similar> board/<myboard>
5002 cp include/configs/<similar>.h include/configs/<myboard>.h
5003 } else {
5004 Create your own board support subdirectory;
5005 Create your own board include/configs/<myboard>.h file;
5006 }
5007 Edit new board/<myboard> files
5008 Edit new include/configs/<myboard>.h
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005009
Jerry Van Barenba0687c2009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005010 while (!accepted) {
5011 while (!running) {
5012 do {
5013 Add / modify source code;
5014 } until (compiles);
5015 Debug;
5016 if (clueless)
5017 email("Hi, I am having problems...");
5018 }
5019 Send patch file to the U-Boot email list;
5020 if (reasonable critiques)
5021 Incorporate improvements from email list code review;
5022 else
5023 Defend code as written;
wdenk634d2f72004-04-15 23:14:49 +00005024 }
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005025
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005026 return 0;
5027}
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005028
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005029void no_more_time (int sig)
5030{
5031 hire_a_guru();
5032}
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005033
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005034
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005035Coding Standards:
5036-----------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005037
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005038All contributions to U-Boot should conform to the Linux kernel
Detlev Zundelaa63d482006-09-01 15:39:02 +02005039coding style; see the file "Documentation/CodingStyle" and the script
Wolfgang Denk20bd2a62011-07-27 10:59:55 +00005040"scripts/Lindent" in your Linux kernel source directory.
Detlev Zundelaa63d482006-09-01 15:39:02 +02005041
5042Source files originating from a different project (for example the
5043MTD subsystem) are generally exempt from these guidelines and are not
5044reformated to ease subsequent migration to newer versions of those
5045sources.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005046
Detlev Zundelaa63d482006-09-01 15:39:02 +02005047Please note that U-Boot is implemented in C (and to some small parts in
5048Assembler); no C++ is used, so please do not use C++ style comments (//)
5049in your code.
wdenkad276f22004-01-04 16:28:35 +00005050
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005051Please also stick to the following formatting rules:
5052- remove any trailing white space
Wolfgang Denk20bd2a62011-07-27 10:59:55 +00005053- use TAB characters for indentation and vertical alignment, not spaces
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005054- make sure NOT to use DOS '\r\n' line feeds
Wolfgang Denk20bd2a62011-07-27 10:59:55 +00005055- do not add more than 2 consecutive empty lines to source files
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005056- do not add trailing empty lines to source files
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005057
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005058Submissions which do not conform to the standards may be returned
5059with a request to reformat the changes.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005060
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005061
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005062Submitting Patches:
5063-------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005064
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005065Since the number of patches for U-Boot is growing, we need to
5066establish some rules. Submissions which do not conform to these rules
5067may be rejected, even when they contain important and valuable stuff.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005068
Magnus Liljaf3b287b2008-08-06 19:32:33 +02005069Please see http://www.denx.de/wiki/U-Boot/Patches for details.
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005070
Wolfgang Denk290ae6b2008-12-30 22:56:11 +01005071Patches shall be sent to the u-boot mailing list <u-boot@lists.denx.de>;
5072see http://lists.denx.de/mailman/listinfo/u-boot
5073
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005074When you send a patch, please include the following information with
5075it:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005076
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005077* For bug fixes: a description of the bug and how your patch fixes
5078 this bug. Please try to include a way of demonstrating that the
5079 patch actually fixes something.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005080
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005081* For new features: a description of the feature and your
5082 implementation.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005083
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005084* A CHANGELOG entry as plaintext (separate from the patch)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005085
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005086* For major contributions, your entry to the CREDITS file
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005087
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005088* When you add support for a new board, don't forget to add this
Wolfgang Denk20bd2a62011-07-27 10:59:55 +00005089 board to the MAINTAINERS file, too.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005090
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005091* If your patch adds new configuration options, don't forget to
5092 document these in the README file.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005093
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005094* The patch itself. If you are using git (which is *strongly*
5095 recommended) you can easily generate the patch using the
Wolfgang Denk20bd2a62011-07-27 10:59:55 +00005096 "git format-patch". If you then use "git send-email" to send it to
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005097 the U-Boot mailing list, you will avoid most of the common problems
5098 with some other mail clients.
wdenkca9bc762003-07-15 07:45:49 +00005099
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005100 If you cannot use git, use "diff -purN OLD NEW". If your version of
5101 diff does not support these options, then get the latest version of
5102 GNU diff.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005103
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005104 The current directory when running this command shall be the parent
5105 directory of the U-Boot source tree (i. e. please make sure that
5106 your patch includes sufficient directory information for the
5107 affected files).
5108
5109 We prefer patches as plain text. MIME attachments are discouraged,
5110 and compressed attachments must not be used.
wdenk88e72a32003-06-19 23:04:19 +00005111
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005112* If one logical set of modifications affects or creates several
5113 files, all these changes shall be submitted in a SINGLE patch file.
wdenk57b2d802003-06-27 21:31:46 +00005114
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005115* Changesets that contain different, unrelated modifications shall be
5116 submitted as SEPARATE patches, one patch per changeset.
wdenk88e72a32003-06-19 23:04:19 +00005117
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005118
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005119Notes:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005120
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005121* Before sending the patch, run the MAKEALL script on your patched
5122 source tree and make sure that no errors or warnings are reported
5123 for any of the boards.
5124
5125* Keep your modifications to the necessary minimum: A patch
5126 containing several unrelated changes or arbitrary reformats will be
5127 returned with a request to re-formatting / split it.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005128
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005129* If you modify existing code, make sure that your new code does not
5130 add to the memory footprint of the code ;-) Small is beautiful!
5131 When adding new features, these should compile conditionally only
5132 (using #ifdef), and the resulting code with the new feature
5133 disabled must not need more memory than the old code without your
5134 modification.
wdenkcbc49a52005-05-03 14:12:25 +00005135
Wolfgang Denk290ae6b2008-12-30 22:56:11 +01005136* Remember that there is a size limit of 100 kB per message on the
5137 u-boot mailing list. Bigger patches will be moderated. If they are
5138 reasonable and not too big, they will be acknowledged. But patches
5139 bigger than the size limit should be avoided.